Lecture Notes in Earth Sciences Edited by Somdev Bhattacharji, Gerald M. Friedman, Horst J. Neugebauer and Adolf Seilacher
15 Volker H. Jacobshagen (Ed.)
The Atlas System of Morocco Studies on its Geodynamic Evolution
Springer-Verlag Berlin Heidelberg NewYork London Paris Tokyo
Editor Prof. Dr Volker H. Jacobshagen Frele Unlversltat Berhn FB Geowissenschaften, Instltut fur Geologle Altensteinstrasse 34a, D-1000 Berhn 33, FRG
ISBN 3-540-19086-4 Sprmger-Verlag Berhn Heidelberg N e w York ISBN 0-387-19086-4 Springer-Verlag New York Berlin Heidelberg
Ltbrary of Congress Catalogmg-tn-PubhcahonData Geodynamlc evoluhon of the Atlas system/ Morocco / Volker H Jacobshagen, ed p cm -(Lecture notes in earth scrences, 15) "One of the sources of this book was a conference on the geodynamJcaspects of the Atlas system, organtzed m Berltn in 1986" by the Forschungsgruppe "Mobrhtat akhver Kontlnentalrander"-Pref ISBN 0-387-19086-4 (U S ) 1 Geology-Morocco-Atlas Mountains 2 Geology-Morocco-Antt-Atlas Mountains 3 Geodynamics I. Jacobshagen, Volker II Senes QE339 MSG36 1988 556 4'4-dc 19 88-12329 Thrs work is subject to copyright All rights are reserved, whether the whole or part of the material ts concerned, specifically the rights of translation, reprmtrng, re-use of Jllustrattons, recttatlon, broadcasttng, reproduction on mrcrofilms or in other ways, and storage m data banks Duphcat~on of thrs pubhcahen or parts thereof rs only permitted under the provtsJonsof the German Copynght Law of September g, 1965, in its versron of June 24, 1985, and a copyright fee must always be paid Violations fall under the prosecution act of the German Copyrtght Law @ Spnnger-Veriag Berhn Hetdelberg 1988 Pnnted rn Germany Prmhng and binding. Druckhaus Beltz, Hemsbach/Bergstr 2132/3140-543210
PREFACE
The aim of this volume is to r e f l e c t the current state of geoscient i f i c a c t i v i t y focused on the geodynamic evolution of the Atlas system and to discuss new results and ideas. The volume provides a selection of papers on the geological history, structural development, and geophysical data of Morocco. I t was not possible to cover all areas of geoscientific i n t e r e s t , however, we hope to shed some l i g h t on the major geodynamic problems. One of the sources of this book was a conference on the geodynamic aspects of the Atlas system, organized in Berlin in 1986 by the Forschergruppe "Mobilit~t aktiver Kontinentalr~nder". The financial support for this project is being provided by the Deutsche Forscht:!~gsgemeinschaft and by the Freie Universit~t and the Technische Universi o t~t of Berlin (West). Furthermore we are very glad to mention that we have received a great number of publications by authors from d i f f e r e n t countries who did not take part in the Berlin conference. I t should be noted that, at present, a l o t of international geos c i e n t i f i c a c t i v i t y is concerned with Morocco. This is not only due to the fascinating complexity of Moroccan geology and the beautiful outcroups, that may provide the key to many general problems, but also t e s t i f i e s to the l i b e r a l and prescient science p o l i t i c s of the Moroccan a u t h o r i t i e s , most of all the Ministery of Energy and Mining in Rabat. Therefore, on behalf of all the authors from abroad, I take the opportunity to express our deepest gratitude to our host country, especially to the leaders of the Division de la G~ologie, the general director Dr. M. Bensaid and the directors M. Dahmani and M. Hammouda. Thanks are, furthermore, due to Springer Verlag (Berlin-HeidelbergNew York) for offering the opportunity to publish a comprehensive volume and especially to Dr. Wolfgang Engel for his patience and helpful advices. V. Jacobshagen
CONTENTS
INTRODUCTION JACOBSHAGEN, V . : Geodynamic M o r o c c o : an i n t r o d u c t i o n
evolution
of
the A t l a s
System, 3
ANTI-ATLAS WALLBRECHER, E.:
11 The A n t i - A t l a s
system t a n
overview
13
WALLBRECHER, E.: A d u c t i l e shear zone in t h e P a n a f r i c a n basement on t h e n o r t h w e s t e r n m a r g i n of t h e W e s t - A f r i can c r a t o n ( S i r w a dome, c e n t r a l A n t i - A t l a s )
19
BASSIAS, Y . , WALLBRECHER, E. and WILLGALLIS, A . : T e c t o n o t h e r m a l e v o l u t i o n o f t h e L a t e P a n a f r i c a n o r o g e n y in the Central Anti-Atlas ( S o u t h e r n Morocco)
43
BRABERS, P.M.: A p l a t e t e c t o n i c model f o r o r o g e n y in the A n t i - A t l a s , Morocco
61
BUGGISCH, W. and FLOGEL, E.: b o u n d a r y in t h e A n t i - A t l a s new r e s u l t s SDZUY, K. and GEYER, G.: Morocco
the
Panafrican
The P r e c a m b r i a n / C a m b r i a n ( M o r o c c o ) . D i s c u s s i o n ~nd 81
The base o f
t h e Cambrian
in 91
BUGGISCH, W. and SIEGERT, R,: P a l e o g e o g r a p h y and f a c i e s o f t h e d ~ r ~ s t e r m i n a u x ' ~ ( u p p e r m o s t Lower C a m b r i a n , Anti-Atl as/Morocco)
107
BUGGISCH, W.: D i a g e n e s i s and v e r y l o w - g r a d e metamorphism of the Lower Cambrian r o c k s in t h e A n t i - A t l a s (~4orocco)
123
HIGH AND MIDDLE ATLAS
129
SCHAER, J . - P . : Deformation of a r o u n d the T i c h k a g r a n i t e ,
i g n e o u s d i k e s i n and High A t l a s - Morocco
LORENZ, J . C . : S y n t h e s i s o f L a t e P a l e o z o i c s i c redbed s e d i m e n t a t i o n in Morocco WARME J . E . : J u r a s s i c c a r b o n a t e and E a s t e r n High A t l a s r i f t ,
f a c i e s of Morocco
131
and T r i a s 139 the Central 169
BRECHBQHLER, Y . A . , BERNASCONI, R. and S C H A E R , J . - P . : J u r a s s i c s e d i m e n t s o f t h e C e n t r a l High A t l a s o f Morocco: Deposition, b u r i a l and e r o s i o n h i s t o r y
201
FROITZHEIM, N., STETS, J. and WURSTER, P.: A s p e c t s of !qestern High A t l a s t e c t o n i c s
219
JACOBSHAGE,~I, V , BREDE, R , HAUPTMA~IH, M HEINITZ,W and 7YLKA, R : S t r u c t u r e and p o s t - P a l a e o z o i c evolution o f the c e n t r a l High A t l a s
245
Vl FRAISSINET, C., ZOUINE, E.M., MOREL,J.-L., POISSON, A . , ANDRIEUX, J . and FAURE-MURET, A.: S t r u c t u r a l e v o l u t i o n of the southern and n o r t h e r n Central High A t l a s in Paleogene and M i o - P l i o c e n e times
273
DRESNAY, R. du: Recent data on the geology of the M i d d l e A t l a s (Moro, cco)
293
HERBIG, H.-G.: Synsedimentary t e c t o n i c s in the Northern Middle A t l a s (Morocco) during the Late Cretaceous and Tertiary
321
SCH!,/ARZ, G. and WIGGER,P.J. Geophysical s t u d i e s of the e a r t h ' s c r u s t and upper mantle in the A t l a s system of Morocco
339
CENOZOIC BASINS
359
G~RLER, K., HELMDACH, F . - F . , GAEMERS, P., HEISSIG, K., HINSCH, W., M#DLER= K., SCHWARZHANS, ~I. and ZUCHT, M. The u p l i f t of the c e n t r a l High A t l a s as deduced from Neogene c o n t i n e n t a l sediments of the Ouarzazate prov i n c e , Morocco
361
HELMDACH, F . - F . : The ostracode fauna of the A i t region: systematic description
405
Kandoula
ST~BLEIN, G.: Geomorphological aspects of the Quaternary e v o l u t i o n of the Ouarzazate basin, Southern Morocco
433
SCHMIDT, K . - H . : Rates of s c a r p - r e t r e a t : neotectonic activity
445
a means of d a t i n g
SYNTHESES
463
DURAND-DELGA, M. and OLIVIER,Ph.: E v o l u t i o n of the Aiboran block margin from E a r l y Mesozoic to Early Miocene time
465
JACOBSHAGEN, V., G~RLER, K. and GIESE, P.: Geodynamic evol u t i o n of the A t l a s System (Morocco) in p o s t - P a l a e o z o i c times
481
Introduction
GEODYNAMIC EVOLUTION OF THE ATLAS SYSTEM, MOROCCO: AN INTRODUCTION Volker Jacobshagen I n s t i t u t fur Geologie, Freie Universit~t Berlin, A l t e n s t e i n s t r . 34 A, D-lOO0 Berlin
33
The Atlas System The northwestern margin of Africa, between the A t l a n t i c Ocean and the Lesser S y r t i s , is characterized by high mountain ranges, the elevation of which surmounts 3.000 m in the western part. Jbel Toubkal (4.165 m) in the High Atlas is the highest mountain of North Africa. These ranges have been synchronously u p l i f t e d since the Miocene. They d i f f e r , however, both in structure and geological
history. The Maghre-
bides consisting of the Rif and Tell Atlas along the Mediterranean coast are a typical Alpidic orogen with complex nappe structures. The ranges in t h e i r southern foreland, called the Middle and High Atlas, are anorogenic intracratonic mountain belts separated by elevated plateaus. The eastern prolongation of the High Atlas is formed by the Saharan and Tunisian Atlas. The Anti-Atlas, however, which l i e s south of the High Atlas in Morocco, originated by simple updoming of the Precambrian basement of the Sahara craton. As a l l these ranges are geographical
andgeological related to each other they have been named
the Atlas system by M. RICHTER (1970). Thus, we find a mobile zone in the southern foreland of the Maghrebide orogen, which in southern Morocco extends up to 500 km into the African plate. As the southern border of this zone diverges more and more from the Maghrebides to the southwest, we may assume that i t s geological evolution cannot be solely deduced from the Mediterranean orogeneses, but seems to be more complex.
Geotectonic subdivision of Morocco The Moroccan segment of the A t l a s For an o v e r v i e w , the p u b l i c a t i o n s FAURE-MURET (1962,
system is r e l a t i v e l y
of MICHARD (1976),
well
known.
CHOUBERT and
1971, 1973) and FAURE-MURET and CHOUBERT (1971) are
recommended. The g e o t e c t o n i c
s u b d i v i s i o n of the Moroccan A t l a s
system
is shown in f i g .
1 and is b r i e f l y described here:
SEA
0 0 \
0 o
x,,
£o$~bic((Ica
on
o
o
o
o
ii;iC~i~
~
o
re=l
o
~
I
~~
•
'~'
:~$~Z1
HAUTES PLATEAUX
"v
x,, "t"
ZOO*
~!iiiiiiii!!iiiiy
' ....
[3 ......
~
e=aeoz=c
[~
UpperProterozoic
Upp,r Ce,nz0ic vat0n,,0es
R.-uoont=°,
Post- Horcynioncover:
f--I
pi,te,u,
(~
Highend Middlektles
Precambrian [~
UpperCeonzoicbasins
Fig. I : Geotectonic sketch-map of the Atlas system of Morocco, based on MICHARD (1976) The narrow arc of the Rif orogen in the north is overthrust towards the S on an Upper Cenozoic marginal trough. To the SW, the orogenic
belt is bordered by the h i l l s and plains of the Moroccan Meseta. Its Variscan basement is exposed in large areas from under a cover of f l a t - l y i n g Mesozoic and Palaeogene sediments. To the SE, the Meseta and the Rif are bordered by the High and the Middle Atlas. Both ranges developed from early Mesozoic r i f t grabens which originated in correlation to the opening of the Western Tethys and of the North Atlant i c Ocean. Rifting was accompanied by mafic volcanism, which culminated in the Upper Triassic/Liassic and in the Dogger. Some intrusions, however, are of Cretaceous and even Palaeogene age. The structure of the High and Middle Atlas generally correspond to each other, both showing a basement of Palaeozoic or Precambrian rocks that is covered by thick Triassic and Jurassic sediments. Prevailing structures are steep f a u l t s , monoclines and s t r i k e - s l i p f a u l t s . In places, especially in the central and eastern High Atlas, overthrusts, box folds and even overturned folds e x i s t . However, essential c r i t e r i a of orogens such as: ophiolites, nappes, flysches, regional metamorphism and granitoids are not developed. Both ranges are accompanied by a few small Cenozoic basins. The Middle Atlas forks o f f from High Atlas in a northeastern d i r e c t i o n , enclosing the so-called High Plateaus of Oran. The Variscan basement of these plateaus is covered by Mesozoic sediments, which are in the southwest overlain by the Cenozoic of the Haute Moulouya. The High Atlas is separated from the Anti-Atlas by the Souss and the Ouarzazate basins ( " s i l l o n pr~africaine"). As suggested by RUSSO and RUSSO (1934), many geologists believe that the High Atlas is bordered to the S by an important f a u l t zone, known as the South Atlas Marginal Fault zone ("accident sud-atlasien"). Although several authors doubt that this f a u l t r e a l l y exists, others have already introduced i t to plate tectonic concepts. Some of them even believe i t to be the northwestern boundary of the African plate (e.g. DEWEY e t a l . , 1973). The Anti-Atlas was formed by wide-spanned updoming of marginal parts of the Sahara craton. Precambrian rocks form the core of major domes ("boutonnieres") in the axial zone of the range. Normally, this basement is covered by poorly deformed sediments of Uppermost Proterozoic or Lower Palaeozoic age. In the T a f i l a l t region (Southeast Morocco), the Anti-Atlas dips to the E beneath undeformed Cretaceous sediments of the Sahara platform.
Pliocene or even Quaternary volcanoes of alkaline character are widespread in Morocco, with the exception of the High Atlas. Their geodynamic meaning is not yet c l e a r l y understood. The structural development of Morocco south of the Rif and probably also the Mesozoic magmatism were preordained by a pattern of major f a u l t s in the pre-Mesozoic basement, the main directions of which are NE and ENE (DUBOURDIEU 1962, MATTAUER et a l . 1972) and, in addition, NNW and ESE. According to these authors, the f a u l t s are of late Palaeozoic o r i g i n . In the central Anti-Atlas, however, the same pattern o r i ginated as soon as the end of the Panafrican cycle (HEINITZ 1984).
Aspects of the geodynamic evolution Our present geoscientific knowledge of the four ranges of the Atlas system d i f f e r s widely. The Maghrebides have been intensely investigated for many decades. Usually they have been considered within the context of the alpine orogens of the Mediterranean region. To describe t h e i r structure and geologic history with some detail would f i l l
a separate
volume. The present book aims, however, mainly to shed some l i g h t on the development of the intracontinental A~las ranges, and to define the general relations between them. Most of the authors have interpreted t h e i r geodynamic evolution with respect to major plate tectonic events of the Mesozoic and Cenozoic periods. Under this aspect the Rif orogeny was only b r i e f l y reviewed, here, in connection with the alpine development of the Western Mediterranean region by DURAND-DELGA and OLIVIERo The geodynamic history of the Atlas system started very early. Within the Precambrian cores of the Anti-Atlas, traces of several orogenies are preserved (see WALLBRECHER, this v o l . ) . Recent studies have been mainly focussed on the Panafrican cycle for which plate tectonic models have been proposed by LEBLANC (1981), SCHERMERHORN et a l . (1986), and BRABERS ( t h i s v o l . ) . But also many new results concerning the Late Proterozoic and Lower Palaeozoic cover of the Anti-Atlas have been produced, which are referred to by BUGGISCH and FLOGEL, SDZUY and GEYER and by BUGGISCH and SIEGERT in the f i r s t part of this book. The very important Caledonian-Hercynian history, which is documented in the basement of the High and Middle Atlas and of the Moroccan Meseta, has recently been discussed during a symposium "Morocco and
Palaeozoic Orogenesis (I.B.C.P. Project No. 27, The Caledonide Orogen), held in Rabat in 1983. This epoch is, therefore, neglected in the present volume. A great many of recent investigations have been concentrated on post-Palaeozoic
stratigraphy, facies and structural evolution of the
Western and Central High Atlas mountains, but our knowledge of the Middle Atlas is at present r e l a t i v e l y poor. As both ranges play a key role in deciphering the Mesozoic and Cenozoic evolution of the Atlas system, the majority of contributions to this volume deal with these topics. Seismologic, geoelectric and magnetotelluric studies on a section across both ranges by SCHWARZ and WIGGER are of special
im-
portance for the understanding of geodynamic processes. The neotectonic history of the Atlas system is clearly reflected by the sedimentary f i l l i n g s of the Upper Cenozoic basins adjacent to the Atlas ranges as demonstrated mainly by the contributions of GUREER et al. and FRAISSINET et a l . , but also by geomorphologic features. Recent geotectonic hypotheses interpreted the evolution of the intracontinental Atlas ranges with respect to plate tectonic configurations and processes (MICHARD et al.
1975, MATTAUER et al. 1977,
COURBOULEIX e t a l . 1981, STETS and WURSTER 1981). All of them referred to the fundamental fractures of the pre-Mesozoic basement. I t is gene r a l l y agreed that these fractures have been repeatedly reactivated since the Triassic, while the orientation of the continental stressf i e l d s changed in time, due to the r e l a t i v e movements of the African and the European plates. MATTAUER et al. (1977) were of the opinion that the post-Palaeozoic development r e f l e c t s two major geotectonic processes of changing influence: the opening of the Atlantic and the collisions of the West Mediterranean regions. Deviating from this view, STETS and WURSTER (1981) proposed a geotectonic model for the High Atlas which is related only to the Atlantic opening and excluded Mediterranean influences. JACOBSHAGEN, GURLER and GIESE (this vol.) support MATTAUER's view in reference to new geological and geophysical data, they also suggest a mechanism to transmit compressional forces from the active northern margin over several hundred kilometers into the African plate. Acknowledgements: The manuscript would not have been realized without the help of W. Jung, G. Lindemann, D. Reich and C. Di Stefano which is g r a t e f u l l y acknowledged.
REFERENCES CHOUBERT, G. and FAURE-MURET, A. (1962): E v o l u t i o n du domaine a t l a s i aue marocain depuis le temps D a l 6 o z o i q u e . - Livre-m~m. P. F a l l o t , M~m. h. ser. Soc. g~ol. France, 1: 447-527, P a r i s . (1971): A f r i q u e o c c i d e n t a l e : socle or#cambrien et zones m o b i l e s . A n t i - A t l a s ( M a r o c ) . - in UNESCO, Tectonique d ' A f r i q u e , Sci. T e r r e , 6: 163-175, P a r i s . (1973): Moroccan R i f . CER ( e d , ) : Mesozoic - Cenozoic orogenic b e l t s : Soc. London.
in A.M. SPEN37-46, Geol.
COURBOULEIX, S., DELPONT, G. and DESTEUCQ, CH. (1981): Un grand d~crochement e s t - o u e s t au nord du Maroc ~ l ' o r i g i n e des s t r u c t u r e s p l i s s # e s a t l a s i q u e s . Arguments g#ologiques et e x p ~ r i m e n t a u x . B u l l . Soc. g#ol. France, ( V I I ) , 23: 33-43, P a r i s . DE~JEY, J . F , , PITMAN, ~J.C., RYAN, W.B. and BONNIN, J. (1973): Plate t e c t o n i c s and the e v o l u t i o n of the a l p i n e system. B u l l . g e o l . Soc. Amer., 84: 3137-3180. DUBOURDIEU, G. (1962): DynamiQue wegen#rienne de l ' A f r i q u e du Nord.L i v r e M~m. P. F a l l o t , M#m. h. ser. Soc. g~ol. France, I : 627644, P a r i s . FAURE-MURET, A. and CHOUBERT, G. (1971): Le Maroc. Domaine r i f a i n et a t l a s i q u e . - in UNESCO, Tectonique de l ' A f r i q u e , Sci. T e r r e , 6: 17-46, P a r i s . HEINITZ, W. (1984): Die Deformation des sediment~ren Deckgebirges im z e n t r a l e n A n t i - A t l a s (SUdmarokko).- B e r l i n e r geowiss. Abh., (A), 55: 1-84, B e r l i n . LEBLANC, M. (1981): O p h i o l i t e s pr6cambriennes et g?tes a r s e n i c s de c o b a l t (Bou Azzer - M a r o c ) . - Notes M#m. Serv. g~ol, Maroc, 280: 1-306, Rabat. MATTAUER, M., PROUST, F. and TAPPONIER, P. (1972): Major s t r i k e - s l i p f a u l t s of Late Hercynian age in Morocco.- Nature, 237: 160162. MATTAUER, M., TAPPONIER, P. and PROUST, F. (1977): Sur les m~canismes de f o r m a t i o n des cha?nes i n t r a c o n t i n e n t a l e s . L'exemple des cha?nes a t l a s i q u e s du Maroc.- B u l l . Soc. g#ol. France, ( V I I ) , 19: 521-526, P a r i s . MICHARD, A. (1976): Elements de g # o l o g i e m a r o c a i n e . - Notes M~m. Serv. g ~ o l . , 252: 1-408, Rabat. MICHARD, A., WESTPHAL, M., BOSSERT, A. and HAMZEH, R. (1975): T e c t o n i oue de blocs dans le socle a t l a s o - m ~ s # t i e n du Maroc: Une n o u v e l l e i n t e r p r e t a t i o n des donn~es g~ologiques et pal~omagn ~ t i a u e s . - Earth P l a n e t . Sci. L e t t e r s , 24: 363-368, Amsterdam. RICHTER, M. (1970): Das A t l a s - S y s t e m in N o r d a f r i k a . 120 (1968): 68-84, Hannover.
Z.dt.geol.
RUSSO, P. and RUSSO, L. (1934): Le grand a c c i d e n t s u d - a t l a s i e n . Soc. g#ol. France, (V), 4: 375-384, P a r i s .
Ges., Bull.
SCHERMERHORN, L . J . G . , WALLBRECHER, E. and HUCH, K.M. (1986): Der Subd u k t i o n s k o m p l e x , G r a n i t o p l u t o n i s m u s und S c h e r t e k t o n i k im Grundgebirge des Sirwa-Doms ( A n t i - A t l a s , Marokko).- Berliner qeowiss. Abh., ( A ) , 66: 301-332, B e r l i n . STETS,. J . , and WURSTER, P. (1981): Zur S t r u k t u r g e s c h i c h t e des Hohen A t l a s in Marokko.- Geol. Rdsch., 70: 801-841, S t u t t g a r t .
Anti-Atlas
[HE ANTI-ATLAS
SYSTEM:
AN OVERVIEW
Eckard Wallbrecher for Geologie und Paleontologic Universit~t Graz Heinrichstr. 26, A-8010 Graz
Institut
General Situation The Anti-Atlas System, (Fig.
which lies between the High Atlas and the Sahara
i) is a part of the perieratonic
(MICHARD 1976).
sis of the High Atlas, time,
zone of the West Sahara Craton
In the Alpine age, which was the time of the orogenethis system acted as a stable crust.
it was transgressed
an Upper Precambrian
only by the flat Cenoman-Turon
to Lower Paleozoic
sea.
At this It has
cover which was partly folded
during Varisean orogeny. The typical structures
of the Anti-Atlas are the numerous~
often deeply
eroded basement domes which break through the covering rocks as "boutonni@res"(button
holes).
These structures
are lined up in a chain
which runs from WSW towards ENE and thus follows the NW margin of the West Sahara Craton. The Anti-Atlas, Ougnate,
including the eastern branches Jbel Saghro and Jbel
forms the "l'@pine dorsale",
with peaks of 2500 m to 2700 m
height in Jbel Saghro and 3300 m in Jbel Sirw@. ever,
is formed by a Ponto-Pliocene
crystalline uplift. The Anti-Atlas is separated molasse basins:
The latter peak, how-
volcanic complex which lies on a
from the High Atlas by young intramontane
the Souss Basin in the west and the Warzazat and Er-
Rachidia Basins in the east. To the south, the Anti-Atlas borders on the Jbel Bani chain which is built up by the cuestas of a flat southerly dipping Cambro-S~lurian series.
Further to the south follows the Dra Plain and the late Paleo-
zoic layers of Jbel Ouarkziz,
which dip under the Meso- and Cenozoic
Hamadas of the West Sahara. The Basin of Tindouf forms a syneclise a sedimentary
on the West Sahara Craton with
filling of more than lO,O00 m depth.
The Boutonni@res The crystalline domes of the Anti-Atlas
form the northern border be-
tween the West Sahara Cr@ton and the Paleozoic
and Cenozoic mountains
14
ALGI[RS
SAF [ANGER
Anh-Atlas
Rif Atlas Touareg Shield
Westsahara Cralon
[ASABLAN[A
HARRAt(EEH
o..J
[talon
~Slo Luis £raton
~,,
•
Brazil
sOO,,,,k, Archean J.B..@el Bani T.6. Tindouf 6asia
Basin Tindouf f
~
/
,b~"~
S.A,F,SoulhAttasFauU CenozoicHotassetrouths ~'T] Upper Paleozoic ~ Lover Pateozoic
~ ~
•~ ~'
_ ~-
~
~0
,,~.~
~G~%,
Hamada
~
t~ '~E 200 km
Upper Infracambrium and Georgian BasementUplifts: B.O.i.BaSlfnOra i X, Kerdous Z. Zenaga Si. Sirra 8.k. Bou Azzer Sa. $argho Ou, Oognal
Figure i: Main structure of the northwestern margin of the West Sahara Craton of North Africa. CHOUBERT (1963) differentiated six orogenic cycles, among them
15
l)
Precambrium 0 This includes,
for example,
(Boutonniere de Kerdous) niere de E1 Graara).
the augengneisses
of Jbel Ouiharem
and the gneisses of Oued Assemlil
According
to CHOUBERT,
(Bouton-
these series belong
to the "Zagorides". 2)
Precambrium
I
This includes the micaschists tites of the Z~naga Series.
of the Kerdous Series and the migmaCHOUBERT calls these series the "Ber-
berides" 5)
Precambrium
II
To this belong epi- anA pyroclastic Azzer,
3bel Sirwa,
layers and greenstones
and Jbel Saghro.
of Bou
CHOUBERT calls these series
"Marrocanides". 4)
Precambrium
III
This includes the Warzazat Series, Infracambrian (Panafrican)
age.
which is of late Precambrian
It is considered
orogenesis.
to
to be a molasse of the last
It forms the base of the non-metamorphic
covering layers.
Radiometric Dating New rubidium/strontium in a separation
dating,
carried out by CHARLOT
between a metamorphic
volcano-sedimentary
and granitic
(1982),
foundation
resulted and a
cover.
Foundation The foundation
is formed by the chain of boutonni@res
and runs parallel
to the Dorsale de L~o in the south and to the Dorsale de Reguibat in the central part of the craton
(Fig. 1).
Only the western margin,
which begins at the western end of the Ivory Coast and leaves the African continent crystalline
somewhere near Rio de Oro, is of Archean age.
domes of the Anti-Atlas
All of the
are east of this line, and, there-
fore, outside of the Archean core of the craton. A second metamorphic granite),
event,
dated at 1.80 - 1.65 x i09 years
(Taznakht
took place as a thermic event which produced the metamorpho-
sis of the Azguemerzi
granite.
to the Dorsale de Requibat
The same age has also been attributed
(VACHETTE et al. 1973).
CHARLOT has pointed out that these events took place at about the same time as the Hudsonian orogeny in North America, Svekofennides Thus,
in Scandinavia,
the Anti-Atlas
the orogeny of the
and the Laxfordian orogeny in Scotland.
might be a link between the West African Craton and
North America or Northern Europe.
16
According to CHARLOT,
the Precambrium
II unit is probably Panafrican,
that is, about 700 - 600 x lO 6 years old. dating on zircons,
CHARLOT showed,
using U/Pb
thit no new thermic event has rejuvenated
these
rocks. The Cover The lowest of the covering layers is the Warzazat Series.
In Jbel
Sirwa and Jbel Saghro this series consists of ignimbrites, rhyolites, and conglomerates.
Granites and volcanites
have been dated at 604 and
560 x lO 6 years (CLAUER 1976, CLAUER & LEBLANC
1977, CHARLOT 1982).
Above the Warzazat Series follows the Adoudounien Series, an angular unconformity. to Georgian age. erates
It is considered
sometimes with
to be of late Infracambrian
The Adoudounien Series consists of a base of conglom-
followed by carbonates,
marls,
sandstones,
and,
finally,
carbon-
ates again. Volcanites
which are embedded in the lower carbonate
Azzer have been dated at 534 x lO 6 years. known. however,
In the Boutonni@re
layers at Bou
Later thermic events are not
de Kerdous and in the Boutonni@re
d'Ifni,
Variscan closing ages for biotite of 325 x lO 6 and 260 x lO 6
years, respectively,
have been measured.
Variscan elements of impor-
tance can only be found south of the Antiatlas chain in the monoclines of Jbel Bani and Jbel Ouarkziz.
They show NE-SW striking structures
the southern slope of the Anti-Atlas
on
in the SW and NW-SE striking struc-
tures on the slope of the Ougarta chain in the SE. Permian
to early Mesozoic extensional
opening of the Atlantic,
contributed
tectonic events,
caused by the
long doleritic dyke systems run-
ning SWINE. The longest of these systems shows its southernmost
outcrop
in the Jbel Ouarkziz and can be followed for more than 400 km as it cuts through the Bou Azzer structure and ends in the northeastern part of Jbel Saghro.
The youngest geodynamic
Tertiary-Quaternary
activity seems to have been a
elevation of the central part of the Anti-Atlas
an important Ponto-Pliocene
and
volcanism of Jbel Sirwa and eastern Jbel
Saghro. REFERENCES CHARLOT, R. (1982): Caract@risations des @v@nements @burn@ens et panafricains dans l'Anti-Atlas marocain. Apport de la m@thode g@ochronologique Rb-Sr. Notes et m@moires du Service G@ologJque du Maroc 313:106 p., Rabat. CHOUBERT, G. (1963): Histoire g@ologique du Pr@cambrien de l'AntiAtlas. (Tome 1). Notes et m@moires du Service G@ologique du Maroc 162:352 p., Rabat.
17
CLAUER, N. (1976): G@ochimie isotopique du strontium des milieux s@dimentaires. Application ~ la g@ochronologie de la couverture du craton ouest-africain. Th@se Doct. Etat, Univ. Strasbourg. CLAUER, N. & LEBLANC, U. (1977): Implications stratigraphiques d'une @tude g@ochronologique Rb-Sr sur m@tas@diments pr@cambriens de Bou Azzer (Anti-Atlas, Maroc). Notes et m@moires du Service G@ologique du Maroc 268: 7-22, Rabat. MICHARD, A. (1976): El@ments de G@ologie Marocaine. Notes et m@moires du Service G@ologique du Maroc 2 5 2 : 4 0 8 p., Rabat. VACHETTE, M; SOUGY, J.; CARON, J.P.; MARCHAND, J.; SIMON, B.; TEMPIER, C. (1973): Ages radiom~triques Rb/Sr de 2000 ~ 1700 M.A. de s@ries m@tamorphiques et granites intrusifs pr@cambriens dans la partie N e t NE de la dorsale Reguibat (Mauritanie septentrionale). C. R. 7e Collogue G@ologie Africaine, Florence.
A DUCTILE
SHEAR ZONE IN THE PANAFRICAN
MARGIN OF THE WEST AFRICAN CRATON
BASEMENT
ON THE NORTHWESTERN
(SIRWA DOME, CENTRAL ANTI-ATLAS
Eckard Wallbrecher fdr Geologie und Pal~ontologie Oniversit~t Graz Heinrichstr. 26, A-8010 Graz
Institut
ABSTRACT A wrench-fault Precambrian
type shear zone of at least 6 km width was found in the
basement
It is explained
of the Jbel Sirwa
by lateral
mass along the northern
slip of an (unknown)
folds with axes that steepen to a (dextral
in granitic
continuously
tachylitic
veins indicate
whole complex
high strain rates. ly Paleozoie).
Morocco).
continental
seismic
gliding
until they are The grain direction,
in superplastic
of the quartzes.
events after the plastic by either
the end of shearing,
The defor-
producing
in a northern
culminated
This must be explained towards
northwards
shear stress.
that increased
parent rocks,
mation with prism and grain boundary of the fabric.
northern
from south to north,
?) horizontal
fabric suffered mylonitization and that,
Anti-Atlas,
margin of the West African Craton.
mation in the shear zone increases perpendicular
(Central
deforPseudo-
softening
an elevation
or by occasionally
of the very
The age of the shear zone is late Panafrican
(Ear-
RESUME Dans le socle pr@cambrien une zone de cisaillement faille verticale mouvement
lateral
drant des plis, perpendiculaires
dana cette zone s'intensifie dont les axes se redressent @ une contrainte
prismatiques
litiques
indiquent
Marne),
de 6 km a produit
une
comme le r~sultat
do
(inconnue)
le long de la
vers le nord jusqu'& (?) dextrale.
du sud au nord.
pour atteindre
@tre
De m@me,
I1 s'intensifie
au
le degr@ de d@formations
sur lea joints des grains et sur les
des min@raux
l'existence
du sud au nord, engen-
horizontale
augmente
avee glissement
surfaces
central,
du craton ouest-africain.
des roches granitiques
superplastiques
On l'explique
d'une masse continentale
le degr@ de mylonitisation centre
(Anti-Atlas
d'une largeur minimale
de d@crochement.
bordure septentrionale La d@formation
du Jbel Sirwa
de quartz.
d'&v@nements
Des veines pseudotachy-
sismiques
apr@s la d@for-
20
mation plastique. Ceci est explicable soit par une @l@vation du complex entier vers la fin du cisaillement soit par des d@formations occasionelles tr@s rapides. L'@ge de la tectonique est tardi-panafricain (Pal@ozoique inf@rieur). INTRODUCTION The crystalline dome of the northeastern Jbel Sirwa belongs to a chain of Preeambrian basement uplifts, arranged in SW-NE direction,
parallel
to the northwestern margin of the West African Craton (Fig. i). First mapping of this area, the
f
geographic position of ~hich is indicated by the arrow in Fig. l, was carried out by CHOUBERT (1965).
Nonmetamorphic sediments
in the south of the area were investigated by JEANNETTE & TISSERANT (1977).
A comparison
of this uplift with the structure of Bou Azzer was carried
: ]:
~~00,,
out by LEBLANC (1981), who also described tectonic observations and distinguised two tectonic
Figure l: Precambrian uplifts of the Antiatlas and position of the research area in the Sirwa Dome
phases, From these works and from our own observations (SCHERMERHORN et al., 1986) the following sequences have been separated. l)
These are, from south to north (Fig. 2)
The Lmakhzan Formation,
a foreland sequence of epl- and pyroelas-
tic sediments, containing basaltic dykes and sills. 2) The Tachoukaoht Gneiss Formation, a sequence of intermediate gneisses, amphibolites and blastomylonites. 5) The Tourtit Ophiolite Complex, an imbricated and tectonically deformed metamorphic ophiolite sequence of ultrabasic,
basic and, to a
small extent, acid rocks, containing large lenses of the highly de~ formed Tourtit Granite-Mylonite. 4) The sedimentary and volcanic cover which forms the Uarzazat Grou~, a sequence which consists mostly of conglomerates,
ignimbrites,
and
rhyolites. 5) Postteetonic granitic intrusions and the N-S striking Daroufarnou k ~ D
of porphyric granite.
21
"~"
• • Anmid
-e
• • :K~
•
• .Ait N e b d a s
•
•
•
e
•
/ J
/
e
e
•
/, • /•
•
:_ , . [ .
!
.
. < '
.
.
,
•
II
[;i~;'--I Ooleritic dyke
I
o
ot
Oorogfornou dykes ,
---:~ A m O S S I R
~
Volconic rocks(Ptiocene)
m4-'x-~T] POSt t ect onic gronites
,
- ~
'
I~TI •
%
x
x
!:
~
!
!
!
t
!
Ouarzoz.te system
I
I
I For~lllnd series Gronite mylooites
-.. •
"
~ "
"
'
V_"=- "
~
'
x
x
x
x
."
x
I~'10phioLites
".
~---------'d Tochoukocht gneiss /Asdr emt foult
....
• ::•
. .
•
•
/ - / .
/(~) Locntion of equol oreo diogrom /~f~rood Anzel- Askaoun
5: ,
.
.
•
.
.
.
. "
I0
7o25'1
17o35 '
I
t
I
I
15kin
Figure 2: Tectonic and lithological units (SCHERMERHORN eL al., 1986, simplified). Numbers indicate the position of the fabric diagrams.
The petrography
and geochemistry
tonic implications (1986).
These authors
quences
in the following
l)
Opening
continent
Initiation Development
Continent
the fore-arc
of a volcanic
collision, ophiolites, Craton.
in the ophiolites Lateral
of the se-
and an unknown
zone.
Ophiolite
Gneiss
Complex)
Formation),
and a back-arc
basin. which thrusted
the northern
under the island Metamorphism
arc,
continent
and under
and imbrication
and in the Tachoukacht
Gneisses
under
the margin
of
are generated
(island
geosuture
shear zone which will be described
tectonical
horizontal
are separated
upthrust
et al.
arc).
which gives rise
in this paper.
SETTING
The general Generally
Craton
(the Tachoukacht
slip along the thus developed
to a 6 km wide
TECTONICAL
subduction
arc
(the Tourtit
Formation)
the West African
ments
evolution
the West African
of a south-dipping
by a fore-arc
(the Lamakhzan
5)
the geotectonic
and their geotec-
by SCHERMERHORN
steps:
of an ocean between
2)
4)
describe
in detail
north of it.
3)
flanked
of these sequences
have been described
style of the area
or only weakly by a steeply
from the albite-gneisses
(Fig. 2) is rather
inclined
northward
southern
dipping
simple.
foreland
sedi-
and E-W striking
of the Tachoukacht
Gneiss Formation
22
in the north. Tourtit
A similar
Ophiolite
strongly
Complex
imbricated,
Granite-Mylonite
further
contains
the ophiolites
the imbrication.
this formation
north.
This complex,
the E-W striking
part of the area
cover of late Precambrian farnou
separates
which has a thickness
In the northern salan Valley),
thrust
from the which is
layer of the Tourtit
of lO0 to 300 m.
(generally
are overlain
to Infracambrian
parallel
to the Assif Am-
by a younger age
which
horizontal
did not suffer
All these units are cut by the N-S striking
Darou-
Oikes.
Numerous
posttectonic
these units.
granite
A penetrative
intrusions
foliation
from south to north and culminates nounced
vortex
structure
are also
pattern
found in all of
develops
in the ophiolites
continuously
producing
and extreme shear deformation
a pro-
in the Tourtit
Granite-Mylonite.
Macroscopic l)
Tectonic
The Lmakhzan
The layers
Observations
Formation
of the foreland
sediments
generally
gles of about 30 to 60 degrees
(Diagr.
folding
a
unique
in the area of Tizwat, fold pattern
cernable
(degree
distribution
of great circle
= 21%) ++
Up to now,
a)
Here we f i n d siltites
++)
+++)
(sheet
of thin-bedded
w h i c h are deformed slip.
1 km
T a g h d o u t ) +++.
NNW-SSE s t r i k i n g
layers
bands ( F i g .
dextral
+)
at three places.
of Tizwat
vertical
in
from south to north
in the Assif Tamazirt,
north
kink
strike
could be observed
these series T h e s ~ are,
NE at an-
is not dis-
shear zones with brittle separation
dip towards
l) +. In spite of some local
3),
to
indicating
The o r i e n t a t i o n
of
Diagram
1
The position of places of fabric measurements for the diagrams are marked by the numbers in Fig. 2. All parameters describing quantitatively preferred orientation and fabric shape are derived from WALLBRECHER ~979). Numbers 1 to 3 are the eigenvectors of the orientation tensor; s is the center of gravity. All map names refer to the "Carte du Maroc"~ scale 1:50.000.
23
the bedding planes and of corrugation
linea-
tions in these beds are plotted
;~Ni
?:
in Dia-
gramm 2 a) and b) + b)
near Bou Wals
(trail from Souq at Tlata to Azib-n-lriri, sheet Tachoukacht). Here, there is a sequence of vertical SW-NE striking
shear
planes with distances in the dm range between which some
Figure 3: Kink bands in siltites of the Lmakhzan Formation, north of Tizwat.
rocks of 1 to 2 m width were dextrally c)
in the Assif Lmakhzan,
kacht).
(sheet Tachou-
layers of the Lmakhzan Formation
in
and shows a dextral
along kink bands.
Diagramm 2a
+)
300 m south of the car trail
Here we find a lens of serpentinite which is imbricated
the sedimentary movement
rotated.
Diagramm 2b
In all diagramms inner small circles are the cones of confidence for a level of 99% and the outer small circles are the spherical aperture, a deviation measure (WALLBRECHER, 1979).
24
2)
The Tachoukacht-Gneisses
Steep upthrusts served
of these gneisses
in the Assif Lmakhzan,
Izgaran
near Amassin
onto the southern
in the Assif Tamazirt,
foreland
~as ob-
and at the Tizi
(Fig. 4).
At their southern margin,
the Tach-
oukacht
Gneisses
"
L!]
r200m
S
begin with a fold pattern which sketched
is
in Fig.
T. Gneiss
5.
8osnlt
Conglomerotes
Lmakhzon Form.
The fold axes are Figure
4:
Profile
at Tizi Izgaran
flat and arranged in E-W direction
.
The folds S
are strongly
asymetric
long vertical
or steeply
ward dipping
limbs.
ing enveloping steeply
surface
plane surfaces indicate
south-
The result-
surface
northward.
veloping
and have
dips
L
~
I
This en-
and the axial
of the folds
a southward
tectonic
movement. In equal area diagrams,
Figure 5: Fold pattern of the Tachoukacht Gneisses, Assif Lmakhzan, south of the car trail
the
fold axes of cm to dm range form
a
flatly
dipping
eastward ...............
cluster
with
a center of gravity at 970/27 ° (direction of dip and angle of dip, Diagram The foliation
3a).
strikes
E-W and shows a center of gravity
at
174o/66 ° and a beginning transition the cluster
from
distribu-
tion to a girdle distribution
(Diagram 3b).
Since eigenvector which belongs
c
i,
to the
Figure 6: Fold with flat axis, Gneiss, south of the car trail
Tachoukacht
25
80 O A T E N
17g O A T E N
i
]
~
• .
'~
Diagram 3a smallest foliation pattern,
,IL-
o
.
Diagram 3b
eigenvalue
of the orientation
with the center is arrBnged
of gravity
tautozonally
which is established
about 200 m width, transition,
is followed
tensor
(SCHEIDEGGER,
tautozonality
to the minor
fold axes.
in the Lmakhzan
Valley
to the north,
probably
the same (Diagram
of the foliation
1965),
of the fold axes cluster,
by a zone in which the center of gravity
poles is approximately coincides
°
4"
I
coincides
"
.
4a).
with an also steeper cluster
This fold
in a zone of with a floating of foliation
However,
is much steeper
the
the axis of
(67o/430 ) and again
of the minor
fold axes
(71°/49 °,
Diagram 4b).
\.
oi
.....
."
.
.
2 "
"
"/
26
An even steeper structures
arrangement
with beginning
lel to the foliation circle distribution Diagrams
of the fold axes in the style of vortex
transition
88
o
poles is demonstrated
the contact
6a and b (Lmakhzan
ation shows almost
of the ophiolites,
5b
this pattern
of foliation
Valley north of the car trail).
the same picture
as before,
..
6a
"
continu-
and fold axes shown in The foli-
but the fold axes now
""
Diagram
by
DATEN
Diagram
ously turns into the arrangement Diagram
paral-
(great
•
5a
As we approach
pattern
near Tichkiwin.
2ZZ D A T E N ~
Diagram
cluster
= 40%) of the foliation
5a and b, measured
•
to a girdle distribution
plane and a stronger
.
o
Diagram 6b
.-
. .
.'.- .....
.
~'~
~2
"I,
.
"
o
27
are scattered
to a girdle distribution
gree of great circle distribution A similar
setting
drem Pass
(Diagram
of foliation
in the plane of foliation
= 66%, circular
7a and b).
The flatter
tion and fold axes fabrics must probably
3211 D A T E N
~ _
.'..
"
Diagram
2
"
aperture
and fold axes was measured
-" ""
arrangement
be explained
(de-
= 99%). at the As-
of both foliaby a tilting
of
-!
7 a
Diagram 7 b
the Asdrem bloc along the younger which raised the high plateau
Asdrem
fault
(CHOUBERT,
of Asdrem upwards
1965)
in relation
to the
plain of Tamazirt. A true vortex
style of fold axes was observed
the Assif Tamazirt, This extremely plained 5)
NNE of Tizwat,
southern
position
sheet Taghdout
of vortex
by a dextral bloc movement
The Tourtit
The ophiolite lization cumulates
Ophiolite
sequence
parallel resisted
formed by extreme
Complex
the schistosity. structures
Diagram
of Amassin.
The foliation
also strike E-W.
The schistosity with vertical
intrusion
fold measures
suffered
ophiolites,
and recrystal-
planes are de-
fold axes (Fig. 7).
of schistosity
and fold axes part of the
from the region west
planes of the Tourtit
This granite
fault.
Only the cores of basic
lOa and b in the northern
ll contains
as did the surrounding
schistosity
planes.
The vergency of most folds is dextral. Diagrams 9a and b show the arrangement in the southern, and Diagrams
might be ex-
and the Tourtit Granite-Mylonite
shows a very strong
ophiolites.
(Oiagram 8a and b).
structures
along the young Asdrem
to the schistosity vortex
E of the Asdrem Pass in
Granite-Mylonite
the same tectonical
treatment
which proves that the granitic
must be older than the shear tectonic
event.
28
10~ OATEN
Diagram 8a
i~
Diagram 8b
Figure 7: Vertical folds in serpentinites, Assif Tasrwin south of Tourtit
1 17 OATEN
S i':.-:.:' Diagram £ a
Diagram 9b
--~~'
x
29
258
DATEN ~.~_
•
Diagram 4)
Diagram
lOa
The Warzazat
The younger northern
191
OATEN
margin on top of the crysuplift shows the same tec-
tonical
deformation
the basement, (Diagram
10b
Group
cover which lies at the
talline
nounced
,%
patterns
and less penetrative 12).
schistosity
The distance
planes
tex structures
as
yet in a less proform between
is greater,
vor-
are not found so
D
often,
and are concentrated
certain
zones.
In the conglomerates, tion of the pebbles observed ure 8).
Diagram
12
in
a disseccould be
in some outcrops
(Fig-
30
Figure 8: Sheared pebbles in the conglomerates of the Warzazat Group south o¢ Ait Nebdas
Macroscopic
tectonic
observations:
The two most important ferred orientation, G%,were Diagrams
derived
statistical
other in Figure
9, as proposed the development
very narrow clusters
by BEER
in a zone of transition
an-
4 to 7), and
ending in vertical
This plot very clear-
with a tectonical (Diagram
style of 3), pass-
along a girdle
1--
®i,
I~
Southern morgm
folds
distributions
8 to ll).
(Diagrams
each
Cluster
/
cluster
To explain
this tectonic
we presume
a system of lateral
pattern
which moved a
bloc along the margin
of the West
African
thus causing
a (dextral?)
fault zone. The Tachoukacht Tourtit
(1981).
against
in which
which again show narrow
shear stresses
were plotted
beginning
gles of dip in the foliation
northern
of fold axes in each of the
of the fold axes distribution
the axes lie with various
finally
the degree of pre-
of flat fold axes in the south
an elongation
(Diagrams
parameters,
These two parameters
ly demonstrates
plane
and conclusions
R%, and the degree of great circle distribution,
from the distributions
1 to ll.
ing through
summary
Gneisses
Ophiolites,
ready suffered
Craton wrench and the
-6%-~ ]20
I.~0
160
tO0
which al-
upthrusting
onto
Figure 9: R% - G%, measures fold axes, Diagrams i to Ii
of
81
the southern
foreland
(SCHERMERHORN striking
et al.,
mobile
developed southern a certain
extension
planes
which
then served
continent
transformed
of folds,
deformation
the system
into an E-W
overprinted
(in connection of N-S striking
to
of south-
The steep thrust
in the gneisses for lateral
and thus,
pattern
and imbrication.
the stress
of this zone
while the more marginal
the older tectonic
generated
collision
The center
less strongly
as shear planes
in E-W direction
caused
porphyry
pattern
of upthrusting
the end of the shear
lantic)
vortex
could preserve
planes
and foliation
were hereby
of the zone were
degree,
pentinites
1986),
during
zone of at least 6 km width.
a distinct parts
ern directed
and imbrication
and in the ser-
displacement.
At
field was rebuilt, and an
with the opening dykes
of the At-
of the Daroufarnou
granites.
THE GRAIN FABRIC l)
The Tachoukacht
At the microscopic patterns. Rests
Gneiss scale,
It occurs
of the former
southern
margin
the foreland.
of the Tachoukacht
the garnets
turing.
The old grains
cated
reacted
to the foliation.
in a small
rim at the
close to the upthrust
quartz brittle
to this stress
to schistose
+ plagioclase deformation pattern
onto fab-
+ bio-
caused
by external
quartz and primarily
textures
(Fig-
with a diaph-
which was indi-
in the new grains
the parsgenesis albite
fabric
This deformation
went together toresis,
At first,
all older
i0) and frac-
feldspar
ure ll).
gneisses
had the paragenesis
+ amphibolite.
(Fig.
formed mortar
parallel
can only be observed
In this small zone we find a gneissic
tite + garnet cata61asis;
superimposes
as a grain reduction fabric
ric which originally
rotation
mylonitization
+ epidote
quartz
by +
+ chlor-
ite. Towards
the north,
deformation
rapidly
came more plastic, Tachoukacht into ductile
the beand the
Gneisses
turned
protomylites
Figure lO: Externally rotated garnet clast with asymmetric pressure shadows (Tachoukacht Gneiss, 60 x, Nic. X)
32
and blastomylonites (sensu HIGGINS,
1971).
At the beginning, tic deformation restricted
plas-
was
to single
shear bands with characteristically
elonga-
ted quartzes whlch show low angle grain boundaries.
Between
these
shear bands there is an old grain assemblage of quartz and feldspar
clasts.
Recovery
patterns
the Quartz
They form mosaics
triple junctions
the genetically stadium
preceding
strain heterogeneity spar paleoclasts
grains with charac-
structures
with lobate grain boundaries.
1978).
point 4, there is an intensive went through
an external
This
of rigid
In areas with unusually
The blasts are packed very densely,
about 5 mmo and obviously
with
and with the following
must be caused by the distribution
(PRICE,
near measuring
albite blastesis.
of isometric
and exist in the same sample together mortar
of recrystallization
ing, i.e.,
in Tach-
fabric can
also be observed. teristic
Figure ll: Mortar quartz structures oukacht Gneiss, 30 x, Nic. X)
of
strong
feldfold-
synkinematic
reach a size of
rotation
(Fig. 12).
Figure 12: Synkinematic albite blast (Tachoukacht Gneiss, 80 x, Nic X)
33
2)
The Tourtit Ophiolite
In the ultrabasic ed metamorphic
Complex and the Tourtit Granite. Mylonite
and basic rocks of this complex,
recrystallization
which follows the foliation planes
and which covers a probably preexisting In contrast,
the leucocratic migmatite
parallel to the foliation ness of some centimeters
of the serpentinites
1980).
ation culminate The genuine
or mylonitization. which are arranged
and which have a thick-
are characterized
and strain homogeneity.
by a
In these bands of
rocks most of the strike-slip movement must have taken
place under the conditions (WHITE et al.,
cataclasis schlieren,
to a few meters,
strong ductile deformation quartz-feldspar
there is an extend-
of strain softening
The fabric homogeneity
and superplasticity and superplastie
deform-
in the lens of Tourtit Granite.
granitoid grain fabric first developed
into cataclasites,
remnants of which survived in some nests within the Tourtit Granite. Plastic deformation
turned these cataclasites
mylonites with very fine subgrain aggregates of feldspar.
Only a few feldspar
marginal disintegration
into mylonites
clasts still exist.
into subgrains
and ultra-
of quartz and neoblasts These show a
and a schlieren-like
arrange-
ment of very small new grains in the pressure shadows of the clasts. The quartz grains are strongly elongated of >5:1.
Only low angle grain boundaries
An intercalation lonitic
with an average ratio of axes are visible.
of layers of elongated new quartz grains with a my-
fabric of very small feldspar and quartz aggregates
can be observed.
Mylonites
(Fig.
15)
of this type are generated at high temper-
atures and relatively low stresses and strain rates
(BOULLIER & GUE-
GUEN,
1975).
Accord-
ing to these authors the ratio T/Tm between the temperature
T at
the time of deformation and the melting temperature Tm of the mineral phase
(feldspar)
must be >0.5.
In the
entire area investigated~the geometric
pat-
tern of the grain fabric is characterized
Figure 13: Intercalation of elongated quartzes and feldspars with strong grain reduction (Tourtit Granite-Mylonite, 13 x,Nic~X)
34
by the perpendicular is manifested
relationship
by elongation
of the stretching
lineation,
of quartz and by feldspar
to the fold axes of the vortex structures
which
lineation
in the neighboring
rods,
serpen-
tinites. This means that the serpentinites folding and forming dough"
of B-tectonites
deformation
shear stress,
reacted
(SANDER,
(LISTER & PRICE,
whereas
1950) in a "rolling
1978) with b-axes vertical
most of the shear movement
dered as a simple shear deformation relatively
to the shear stress only by
small leucocratic
which can be consi-
must have been concentrated
migmatite
the
to the in the
bands and in the Tourtit
Granite. In the Tourtit which contain ed
contacts
optical
Granite-Mylonites, rounded
grains of parent rock.
to the host rock
microscopic
glassy material
(Fig.
14).
They show sharp,
sinuat-
Even though we have only
data up to now, and there is no indication
in these bands,
pseudotachylitic
1-2 mm wide dark veins were found
the observations
of
point strongly
to
bands
with their characteristic injection
veins
(of. SIBSON,
1975;
ALLEN,
PASSCHIER,
1979;
1982).
Pseudotachy-
lites are explained
as
former rock melts generated by rapid melting which is caused by friction
fusion along
seismically
active
fault
(ALLEN,
zones
19797 ERMANOVICS et a l . , 1972; FRANCIS; 1972;
GROCOTT, 1977;
SIBSON, 1 9 7 5 , 1 9 7 7 ; The f a c t less
that
the
vertically
pseudotachylites servation zone.
F i g u r e 14: Pseudotachylite vein Granite-Mylonite, 10 x, N i c . / / )
through
veins
the mylonite
were g e n e r a t e d
1979).
are undeformed and c u t more or
after
bands c l e a r l y
shows t h a t
the m y l o n i t i z a t i o n .
should begin with
brittle
behaviour
may d e v e l o p and s h o u l d be f o l l o w e d
w h i c h can be s u p p o r t e d caused by h y d r a t i o n
by a r e d u c t i o n
along a fault
during
zone.
a shear
w h i c h pseudo-
by a d u c t i l e
of the effective
the
T h i s ob-
does n o t c o n f o r m to t h e d e v e l o p m e n t e x p e c t e d a t
This
tachylites
WATTS & WILLIAMS, injection
(Tourtit
reaction
normal s t r e s s
85
These observations a)
The entire ductilely deformed
crustal TULLIS
level with transition and YUND
is mostly b)
may be explained
(1972)
temperature
An aseiamic
fabric
zone was elevated
to brittle
showed
rate was interrupted
deformation
Quartz-c-axes
by seismic
into a higher
and plastic
In experiments
of rock material
with a transition
which took place in the deeper
ways:
behaviour.
that this behaviour
controlled,
ductile
in two different
at about 400 ° C.
softening
of the
crust at a very low strain
events
in greater
depth.
patterns
Method The quartz-c-axes tively
distribution
in two separate
section
were measured
tions of defined BRECHER,
1986),
tation which
ways. with
On the one hand,
orientation.
Using
the thin sections were plotted parameters
to this method 1978)
was used
distributions caused
an integral
and to register
field of view,
which
ing the polarizer, the analyzer
the microscope. intensity
photometric
to obtain
analyses
the thin section,
is measured
The method
of SANDER
at each degree
system
fields
may be comIn the
of the microafter pass-
fixed on the phototube
is turned
through
of
360 ° , and
of Fotometer
In order to carry out these measurements the apparatus
of PRICE
fied as shown in Figure measurements
ties and storage by a computer K6nigswinter, were plotted
(1980) 15.
Movement
Gypsum Plate
of
Thin Section
of the intensi-
,J-
Microscope Polarizer
for this purpose by
BOro C. H. HILGERS,
Germany.
The intensities
as rose diagrams
field of view.
Analyzer
was modi-
of data are controlled
built
the Technisches
represent
of the
plate of 550 nm, and
a gypsum
stage
method
(1950).
turning.
the stage,
and
of the strain
light transmitted
by a photodiode
The microscope
measuring
a quick overview
of rigid clasts.
of monochromatic
is measured
into the orien-
area projection
is fixed by the optical
the intensity
(WALL-
In this orientation
the heterogeneity
pared to the axial distribution scope,
were then rotated
in sec-
program
were calculated.
in order
by the distribution
of a thin
stage method
a small computer
into an equal
quantita-
200 grains
they would have had in the field.
the quartz-c-axes
(PRICE,
were registered
the usual universal
their statistical Parallel
patterns
These diagrams
the distributions
of quarz-c-
(517 rim)
/
for each thus
Filter
<
Stage/ Motor
/ Figure 15: Device for integral measurement of quartz-c-axes azimuths
36 axes azimuths in the thin section.
The method is quite quick (ap-
proximately one minute per rose diagram) and has the advantage that the distribution of quarz-c-axes in the individual domains of the fabric can be analysed. Results of the universal stage measurements Diagrams 13 and 14 show the distributions of quartz-c-axes in two samples of the Tachoukacht gneisses.
In addition,
the mylonitic fol-
iation (shear plane sf) of the samples and the axes of the finite ~
D
A
T
~
"~/~""
X
X
Diagram 13
Diagram 14
strain ellipsoid
(X>Y>Z) are plotted into the diagrams.
The Y-axis
is the direction of axes of minor folds at the place where the sample was t a k e n . Both
diagrams
show a p a r t i a l
a goodness-of-fit
to
a great
girdle
distribution
circle
distribution,of
(solid
lines)
with
G% = 61% and
G% = 89%, respectively. This means that they most closely fit the model "quartzite I with axial elongation" of LISTER et al. (1978).
Theoretically,
ric type should form a girdle around the X-axis.
this fab-
LISTER et al.
(1978) explain this distribution by lattice gliding with both basal slip along (O001) and slip along the rhomboedric planes{Olil I •
Since
the girdle distributions are not around X, gliding must have taken place on other lat~ee planes, too. Following the method of SIMPSON (1981), the position of the girdle distribution to the orientation of the finite strain ellipsoid is marked by the angles O(angle between Z and the direction of strike of the great circle) and ~ (angle between Y and the great circle,
37
measured
in (XY)),
distribution
in order
compared
to determine
with the
the obliquity
(YZ) plane
(LAURENT
of the girdle
& ETCHECOPAR,
1976). The divergence ally expected ferred
orientation
This means ple shear
( 5 5 o and
angle girdle
58 ° , respectively)
in (YZ) might
on which
the elongation
that the true deformation alone
(SIMPSON,
1981).
The older
during
the period
~hich
preceded
tectonic
respectively)
around
X which
became
so weak that only the mobile
forced
to arrange
mica
(LISTER,
accordance a quartz
took place
period.
could
itself
1977;
between
VOLLBRECHT,
fabric
is dependant
preferred
quartz
and in which
fabric
rotation the stress
was influenced
clasts
(1985)
on the content
(4 ° and
by a later
and
of feldspar
This explanation
of LISLE
tectonics
The declination stage
by sim-
orientation
of imbrication
the unmobile 1981).
with the observation
be explained
be explained
in a very late
pre-
in X was superimposed.
have been generated the shear
by a preexisting
path cannot
could
20 ° sinistrally,
from the theoretic-
be explained
and
is also in
that the strength
of other
minerals
of
in the
sample. A totally ite.
different
situation
Here we found cluster
was found
distributions
(Diagram
1S) and more pronounced
(Diagram
16).
have
tozonality a great
represented
DAT~
~
Diagram
with R% = 64% and G% = 46%
these
parameters
G% is especially
and less sensitive
(WALLBRECHER,
1986).
to equal
The preferred
by eigenvector
~3is,
X3
Diagram
correctly
sensitive
16
we
to tau-
distribution orientation
in Diagram
×
15
Granite-Mylon-
with R% = 51% and G% = 48%
clusters
to interpret
that the measure
in general
circle
quartz-c-axes,
2ZZ
In order
to consider
in the Tourtit
15,
along of
38
parallel
to the X-axis of the finite strain ellipsoid,
gram 15, at least close to the X-axes. represented
by the eigenveetors XI,
the strain ellipsoid quartz-c-axes
MAINPRICE Spain,
(1986)
sample
granitic
Since the same pattern can assume
et al.
The differing distributions tial girdles
(1984)
found a transition
temperature
were reached
(superplastic
The
of the crystals.
which ~ere,
at least,
of the fold pattern
and oblique
on the one side,
1975).
girdle and par-
Granite-My-
clear by synoptic
is rotated
high
Granite-Nylon-
& GUEGUEN,
in X in the Tourtit
is made especially foliation
we
that grain boundary
sensu 80ULLIER
gneisses,
strain
Granite-Mylonites,
of the quartz-c-axes
in the Tachoukacht
on the other,
by
from basal
or decreasing
It is also possible
around Y ~ith a center
in ~hich the mylonite
recently
In experiments,
This ~ould mean that the Tourtit
orientation
to the direc-
(750 ° C), and from
by the water content
that temperatures
ires are SP mylonites
As
veins in the Vosges Massif.
is seen in the Tourtit
enough to start prism slip. gliding took place.
of the
of 550 ° C to 750 ° C and a hydrostatic
with increasing
rate which is controlled
to
of the Oj@n nappe of southern
at high temperature
a temperature
(1975) and LINKER
lineation
parallel
of PH20 = 350 MPA for the second sample.
to prism gliding
lonites,
The elongation
of quartz-c-axes
from migmatites
from sheared
authors derive pressure
ellipsoid,
is parallel
(X) has only been described
which were deformed
another
BLACIC
elongation
et al.
%311X.
dots),
is around the Y-Axis in these cases.
far as we know, a clustering tion of maximal
~3(large
with ~llIY, ~ J Z ,
distribution
and in Dia-
The orientation
diagrams
in an E-W plane and the b-
into a vertical
position
(Diagrams
17
and 18).
880 OATEN
40B OATEN ~ Z
.__ ..-..-::-;..--..-:.:...
- , -
_
,_
:;/ . "....
7:~-" . 7 .
.
rl,
:.
,
\'" "<'~
Diagram 1.7 ~
Z
"
-
".
.
.
..'-;i~:- ~×
.... . " r . ; . . - ~ . 3 ; , '
•
:
•
•
.
Diagram 18 ' ~ X 2 0 - ~" -~
..
39
Results of the photometric The same thin sections the universal (15 domains
measures
in ~hich the quartz-o-axes
stage were also measured
per section).
ted as rose diagrams
~ere measured
~ith the photometric
The light transmission
(Fig.
16 and 17).
tion of the finite strain ellipsoid
~ith
method
spectra ~ere plot-
In these plots the orienta-
is the same as in Diagrams
17 and
18.
-
I~4 -
17
~
-
:17 - 17
-
-
sl -
L~
- IS
-
-
@©©©©
QQQQ Figure 16: Rose diagrams of integrally c-axes, Tachoukacht Gneiss.
measured
azimuths
of quartz-
©©©©© ©©©©© ©©©©© © © © © © ©©©©© ©©©©© 75-125-2@
75-121-2@
75-I l'7-Ig
75-113-2@
75-105-2@
75-124-7
75-I
75-i
75-IZ6-7
75-I@3-6
75-125-3
75-118-3
75-1~6-2
75-101-2
18-8
I@-7
75-1 tg-1
~S -
T@
- le5
7g
-
Figure 17: Rose diagrams of integrally c-axes, Tourtit Granite-Mylonite. In each domain, be explained selves differ ogeneity
the Tachoukacht
by oblique
girdles
from each other.
due to a high content
gneisses (Fig.
Iz5
. 17
-
1~
.
II
-
4
?s .
lls .
I~ .
7s
7@ -
l~g -
13
76
.
It~ .
76
llg
4
7@
-
113
-
measured
-
~12
17
-
7s
~ .
7~ .
I ~ 7.
I
7@
lAB
azimuths
-
of clasts of feldspar,
-
zs-
~.
N
I
7@
I~
-
I ~
them-
to strain hetermica,
and
garnet. In contrast,
the orientation
Tourtit Granite-Mylonites tion (Fig.
17).
tic softening
of quartz-c-axes
is almost parallel
distributions
This proves much higher strain-homogeneity
of the fabric.
in the
to the mylonitic
- :e
l~
which can
The orientations
This points strongly
t5
of quartz-
show distributions
16).
- l*e -
folia-
and plas-
q.
-
4
40
GENERAL CONCLUSIONS In the Sirra area of the Antiatlas,
a segment of the collision zone
between the West African Craton and a northern continental mass is exposed
(Fig. 18).
A first phase of deformation tion tectonics.
and metamorphism
brication of rock sequences. The enveloping With increasing
was caused by imbrica-
This caused a steep E-W striking schistosity and im-
surfaces
Fold axes were flat and stroke E-W.
of these folds dip steeply to the north.
lateral shear,
a wrench
fault system developed which
caused a broad shear zone of at least 6 km width.
The strike slip
shear stresses caused different strain patterns
in
N
the three lithological units involved.
Cataclas-
ites to protomylonites were generated in the marginal gneisses.
The mech-
. . . .
x
~lUmllnlM
~
I~
.
.
.
.
.
~ 6 r a n i r e
[ou~t~t
anism of initiation of ductile deformation
in
these rocks was mainly
z
basal slip in the quartz fabric and external
rota-
tion of the clastic minerals.
The serpentinites
reacted only by forming vortex structures
verti-
cal to the shear stress.
H.V.
/igmafiri£
P.T. F. G. M. O.
pseudotachylite fe|dspar |arnet mica quartz
wi.s
x.y,z: axes of finile s;'rain ellipsoid
Numerous E-W arranged migmatite
veins of quartz-
Figure 18: Synoptic sketch of structure patterns of the shear zone in the Sirwa
feldspar compositi.on and
the elongated band of area. Tourtit granite in the center of the zone transported most of the shear movement.
This was made possible by plastic to superplastic
simple shear deformation
of the quartz
probably caused a dehydration
assume a very high water pressure. tectic conditions
fabric.
This,
al strain softening
reinforced
In the entire shear zone,
so we have to
together with almost ana-
and very high flow stress,
and grain boundary mechanisms
High temperatures
of the serpentinites,
activated prism gliding
in the quartz fabric. the shear movement
these movements
This geometric-
in these zones.
added up to a considerable
41
lateral dislocation
of the northern continental
the plastic softening which slip movements bands.
Finally,
of the material might have reached a point at with seismic velocities
These formed pseudotachylite migmatitic
block.
became possible.
bands in the superp!astically
The geographic
range of this Panafrican
deformed collision
zone and of the ductile shear zone is not yet known. REFERENCES ALLEN HA (1979): Mechanism of frictional J. Struct. Geol. I: 231-293
fusion in fault zones.
BEER W (1981): Die strukturelle Entwicklung der Metamorphite Bayerischen Waldes. Diss. Univ. G~ttingen, 186 pp BLACIC JD (1975): Plastic deformation mechanism effect of water. Tectonophysics 27:271-294 BOULLIER AM; GUEGUEN Y (1975): Sp-mylonites: ires by superplastic flow. Contributions 50:93-104
in quartz:
des The
Origin of some mylonMineral. Petrol.
CHOUBERT G (1963): Histoire g@ologique du Pr@cambrien de l'AntiAtlas. Notes et m@m. du service g@ol. du Maroc 162:352 pp ERMANOVICS JF; HELMSTAEDT H; PLANT AG (1972): Archean pseudotachylite from southeastern J. Earth Sci. 9:257-265 FRANCIS PW (1972): The pseudotachylite Sci. (Geophys.) 3:35-53
An occurence of Manitoba. Canadian
problem.
Comments on Earth
GROCOTT J (1977): The relationship between Precambrian shear belts and modern fault systems. J. Geol. Soe. London 133:257-261 HIGGINS MW (1971): Cataclastic Pap. 687:97 pp
rocks.
U. S. Geol.
Surv. Prof.
JEANETTE D; TISSERANT D (1977): Les @pisodes tectoniques et intrusifs du Pr@cambrien sup@rieur de l'Anti-Atlas occidental. Estudios geol. 33:315-326 LAURENT P; E T C H E C O P A R A (1976): Mise en @vidence ~ l'aide de la fabrique du quartz d'un cisallement simple ~ d@versement ouest dans le Massif de Dora Maira (Alpes oceidentales). Bull. Soc. G@ol. France (S@rie 7) 18:1387-1393 LEBLANC M (1981): Ophiolites pr@cambriens et gites ars@ni@s de cobalt (Bou Azzer, Maroc). Notes et m@m. Serv. G@ol. du Maroc 280:306 pp Effects of compresLINKER MF; KIRBY SH; ORD A; CHRISTIE JM (1984): sion direction on the plasticity and rheology of hydrolytically weakened synthetic quartz at atmospheric pressure. J. Geophys. Res. 89:4241-4255 R (1985): The effect of composition and strain on Quartz fabric intensity in pebbles from a deformed conglomerate. Geol. Rundsch. 74:657-663 LISTER GS (1977): Discussion: Crossed girdle c-axes fabrics in quartzites plastically deformed by plane strain and progressive simple shear. Tectonophysics 3~9:51-54
LISLE
42
LISTER GS; PETERSON MS; HOBBS BE (1978): The simulation of fabric development in plastic deformation and its application to quartzite: The model. Tectonophysics 45:107-158 LISTER GS; PRICE GP (1978): Fabric development mylonite. Tectonophysics 49:37-78
in a quartz-feldspar
MAINPRICE D; BOUCHEZ JL; BLUMENFELD P; TUBIA JM (1986): Dominant c slip in naturally deformed quartz: Implications for dramatic plastic softening at high temperature. Geology 14:819-822 PASSCHIER CW (1982): Pseudotachylite and the development of ultramylonite bands in the Saint-Barth@imy massif, French Pyrenees. 3. PRICE
....
Struct.
Geol.
4:69-79
GP (1978): Study of heterogenous fabric and texture within a quartz-feldspar mylonite using the photometric method. Geol. Soc. Am. Bull. 89:1359-1372 (1980): The analysis of quartz c-axes metric method. J. of Geol. 88:181-195
fabrics by the photo-
SANDER B (1950): EinfOhrung in die GefOgekunde K~rper. 409 pp, Springer, Wien
der geologischen
SCHEIDEGGER AE (1965): On the statistics of the orientation of bedding planes, grain axes, and similar sedimentological data. U. S. Surv. Prof. Pap. 525C:C164-C167 8CHERMERHORN LJG; WALLBRECHER E; HUCH M (1986): Der Subduktionskomplex, Granitplutonismus und Schertektonik im Grundgebirge des Sirwa-Doms (Anti-Atlas, Marokko). Berliner Geowiss. Abh. (A) 66:301-322 SIBSON RH (1975): Generation of pseudotaehylite by ancient seismic faulting. Geophys. J. R. Astron. Soc. 4~3:775-794 SIMPSON C (1981): Ductile shear zones: A mechanism of rock deformation in the orthogneisses of the Maggia Nappe, Ticino, Switzerland. Diss. ETH ZOrich, 265 pp TULLIS J; YUND RA (1977): granite. J. Geophys.
Experimental deformation Res. 82:5705-5718
on dry Westerly
VOLLBRECHT A (1981): Tektogenetisehe Entwicklung der MOnchberger Gneismasse (QuarzgefOge-Untersuchungen und Mikrothermometrie an Fl~ssigkeitseinschl~ssen). G6ttinger Arb. Geol. Pal~ont.2_44:122 pp WALLBRECHER E (1979): Methoden zum quantitativen Vergleich von Regelungsgraden und -formen strukturgeologischer Datenmengen mit Hilfe von Vektorstatistik und Eigenwert-Analyse. N. Jb. Geol. Pal~ont. Abh. 159:113-149 .... (1986): Tektonische und gefOgeanalytische Arbeitsweisen: Grafische, rechnerische und statistische Verfahren. 240 pp, Ferdinand Enke, Stuttgart WATTS MJ; WILLIAMS GD (1979): Fault rocks as indicators of progressive shear deformation in the Guigamp region, Brittany. O. Struct. Geol. 1:323-332 WHITE SH; BURROW SE; CARRERAS J; SHAW ND; HUMPHREY FJ (1980): On mylonites in ductile shear zones. J. Struct. Geol. Z:175-188
TECTONOTHERMAL
EVOLUTION
IN T H E C E N T R A L
OF THE LATE P A N A F R I C A N
ANTI-ATLAS
Yannis Institut
fur Geologie
Altensteinstr.
(SOUTHERN
OROGENY
MOROCCO)
Bassias
der Freien
Universit~t
34 A, D-1000
Berlin
Berlin,
33
Eckard Wallbrecher Institut
fur Geologie
und P a l ~ o n t o l o g i e ,
Heinrichstr.
26, A - 8 0 1 0
Alexander Institut
fur M i n e r a l o g i e Takustr.
Universit~t
Graz
Graz
Willgallis
der F r e i e n
Universit~t
6, D-IoOO B e r l i n
Berlin
33
ABSTRACT Medium
grade
gneisses
and m e t a p e l i t e s
Mountains
show c o m p l e x
a lateral
slip of a n o r t h e r n
of the W e s t A f r i c a n
retrograde
Craton.
by h e a t i n g
and s u b s e q u e n t
generation
is w e a k l y
garnets
show growth
Early
Muscovites
to p o s t - m y l o n i t i c .
nets
are pre-
and p o s t - m y l o n i t i c .
while
shear
continental
at about
zone w h i c h
masses
the p r e s s u r e
paths
Those
Sirwa
related
the n o r t h e r n
An older p r e - m y l o n i t i c chloritized, inclusion
to
margin
interrupted
whereas trails
from rocks w i t h both g a r n e t
garnet younger
and texand bio-
from rocks w h i c h b e a r only gar-
The s t r o n g m y l o n i t i z a t i o n developed
and seems
8 kb in which
along
and e r o s i o n w e r e
over older p l a g i o c l a s e s ,
are syn-
of the
uplift
mass
mylonitization.
tite
path
pressure-temperature
continental
zoned and p e r v a s i v e l y
tural u n c o n f o r m i t i e s .
by an e a s t - w e s t
from the n o r t h e a s t e r n
during
to appear
temperatures
caused
at the end of an i s o b a r i c
decreased
P t o t - PH20 was m a i n t a i n e d
was
the lateral m o v e m e n t
from 600 to 500 °C,
between
2 and 4 kb.
44
RESUME
Dans
la partie n o r d - e s t de la m o n t a g n e de Sirwa,
m~ta-p41ites complexes.
des gneiss et des
de moyen degr~ e n r e g i s t r e n t des trajectoires retrogrades
Le s o u l ~ v e m e n t et l'~rosion prlcoce,
m e n t prograde,
~ la suite d'un ~v~ne-
sont interrompus par un ~ c h a u f f e m e n t et une m y l o n i t i -
sation li~s ~ un m o u v e m e n t lateral entre une masse continentale au nord et la marge nord du craton ouest-africain. mylonitiques
Des gr~nats ant~-
sont zones et i n t e n s i v e m e n t chloritis~s.
post-mylonitiques
Des gr~nats syn-
se c r i s t a l l i s e n t sur des anciens plagioclases,
c o n t i e n n e n t des inclusions et m o n t r e n t des d i s c o n t i n u i t ~ s texture.
situ~e
ils
dans leur
Des m u s c o v i t e s p r o v e n a n t des roches ~ gr~nat et biotite sont
syn- ~ p o s t - m y % o n i t i q u e s .
Celles p r o v e n a n t des roches ~ gr~nat sans bio-
tite sont ant~- et p o s t - m y l o n i t i q u e s .
La m y l o n i t i s a t i o n intense est
li~e a une zone de c i s a i l l e m e n t E-W, qui se produit, p r o b a b l e m e n t ,
~ la
fin d'une p~riode de conditions isobares ~ 8 kbar environ pour des temperatures
comprises entre 600 et 500°C et pour
Ptot - PH20 m a i n t e n u
au moins entre 2 et 4 kb.
INTRODUCTION
The A n t i - A t l a s m o u n t a i n chain in Southern M o r o c c o consists of a Precambrian b a s e m e n t covered by P a l e o z o i c
layers.
The crystalline b a s e m e n t
crops out in several windows, w h i c h were formed by uplift and erosion. They are arranged in a SW-NE direction, margin of the W e s t African Craton
p a r a l l e l to the n o r t h w e s t e r n
(see W A L L B R E C H E R
Three other papers in this volume
1987a,
this vol.)
(WALLBRECHER 1987a, b and BRABERS
1987) p r e s e n t a review of older and recent works
on the g e o l o g i c a l
setting and g e o d y n a m i c context of the P r e c a m b r i a n b a s e m e n t of the AntiAtlas. We carried out an analysis of the m e t a m o r p h i c conditions under w h i c h the g e n e r a t i o n of gneisses, metapelites,
and amphibolites
ment
(Fig.
e x p o s e d in n o r t h e a s t e r n Jbel Sirwa
I)
took place. This
analysis includes p r e s s u r e - t e m p e r a t u r e - d e f o r m a t i o n paths geothermometric-geobarometric
calibrations.
in the base-
derived from
45
Taurtit
5 km
Amassin Q$ 00
~gah+
garz+ mus
~gah+
mus + plag
'l"
bio ,I" ptag
00~ 010 I
QI
" ~ ' i ~ ' . ". • .- •
fremol. + Fe - Mg - hornblende ~mus
Tamazirt
+ bio + pLag
(~
samplenumber o Tizwaf
Fig.
I The T a c h o u k a c h t Gneiss and g e o l o g i c a l setting
GEOLOGICAL
SETTING
According
to S C H E R M E R H O R N
the T a c h o u k a c h t Formation, contains
lenses
an epi-
authors
that
continental
TECTONIC
came
affected
mylonitic
ophiolite
with
and basic
granite, that
sequence w h i c h
ophiolite
rocks,
O h~h~sequen-
containing
to the north. the m e t a m o r p h i s m
and gneiss
an u n d e r t h r u s t i n g
are part of
the L m a k h z a n
and the T o u r t i t
and m e t a m o r p h i s e d
of u l t r a b a s i c
to the c o n c l u s i o n the
foreland
to the south,
deformed
rocks
thrust b e t w e e n
sequences northern
were
and imbricaused by a
continent.
SETTING
Gneisses
points
deformed
the studied
sedimentary
and sills,
essentially
(1986)
which was
and p y r o c l a s t i c dykes
collision
An analysis kacht
et al.
Formation,
an imbricated,
consists
of h i g h l y
These cation
Gneiss
basaltic
lite Complex, ce w h i c h
F o r m a t i o n of Jbel Sirwa (for location see W A L L B R E C H E R 1987b, Fig. I, this vol.)
of the
fabric
is given by W A L L B R E C H E R
can be s u m m a r i z e d
- Imbrication
(1987b,
evolution
of the Tachou-
this vol.) . Three main
as follows:
tectonics
fold p a t t e r n with sequences.
and the tectonic
caused
flat E-W
a steep E-W s t r i k i n g
fold axes,
schistosity,
and a r e p e t i t i o n
of rock
a
46
- A lateral shearing and
low strain
within
PETROGRAPHIC
elevation
a wide
associated
shear with
zone with
SP-mylonites
high
temperature
in anatexites,
sequence. caused
re-establishment
of
a brittle
regime.
SETTING
From samples
collected
an i m p o r t a n t
trend
each
studied.
section
sher'
rate,
the ophiolite
- Subsequent
mylonitic
caused
texture,
metamorphic
This
to north
area of exposure
in the
lithology
trend is c h a r a c t e r i z e d
increasing
quartz
assemblages,
garnet + biotite Muscovites,
from the entire
from south
content
ranging
of the gneisses,
was
observed
by i n c r e a s i n g
in
blasto-
and the a p p e a r a n c e
of
from the garnet + m u s c o v i t e
'freto the
zone.
biotites,
toids
and p l a g i o c l a s e s
grams
of their
garnets,
were
chemical
amphiboles,
chlorites,
a n a l y z e d by microprobe.
features
epidotes,
Representative
chloridia-
are shown below.
MUSCOVITE
Muscovite
is p r e s e n t
it is an uncommon and after
the m y l o n i t i z a t i o n .
growth with
chlorite
is common
zation
time of low grade
a weak
variation
the sense
6.6.
and dates From
A trend
towards
with b i o t i t e a latest
syn-
towards
substitution
Texturall~
essentially is rare;
inter-
proportions,
the p h e n g i t e
composi-
of the o c t a h e d r a l
is o b s e r v e d
during
to p o s t - m y l o n i t i -
the S i - A l - ( F e t o t + Mg)
substitution
sites
in
on the Si - A I I V / A I VI -
2). The
Si
Fig. o •
6.4
.$$
"- •o %
z
°o a "2 ?*. ~ . . .
&2
ool •
°
o
•
,
,
,
S.0
5.2
S.~
2
S i / ( A I I V / A I vI) d i a g r a m for muscovites. Open symbols: garnetbiotite-muscovite-assemblages (Samples: squares 69, diamonds 77). F i l l e d symbols: g a r n e t - m u s covite-assemblages (Samples: diamonds 50, large dots 86, triangle~ 49). Small dots sample 134 (biot i t e - m u s c o v i t e assemblage).
.~. .... o00Oo ~0 0
6.0
and gneisses.
It c r y s t a l l i z e s
Intergrowth
facies.
of the T s c h e r m a k
(Fig.
all m e t a p e l i t e s
from the ideal m u s c o v i t e
tion is observed.
diagram
in almost
part of the matrix.
, A L I"V A I V ["
47
tetrahedral data
Si varies
from 6.13
to 6.59
lie at the m u s c o v i t e - p h e n g i t e
nent is small, Most
fluence
atomic
with
data
a 2:1
tions
the
assemblage;
solutions
of p a r a g o n i t e
B a o was
as high
substitutions
varies
as 0.76%.
86
range
u
These compo-
increasing
of ferric
al-
that m u s c o v i t e varia-
and/or m e t a m o r p h i c
than in d i f f e r e n t in the XII
up to 16 mol% (Fig.
spots
sites.
of
Solid
for the rims
3). The
amount
only a minor
role
of in
Fig. 3 .4+ ~. and $I v a r i a t i o n s in m u s c o Vml~es. G r a p h i c d e n s i t i e s refer to assemblages as in Fig. 2. Arrows indicate c o m p o s i t i o n a l v a r i a t i o n s from older to y o u n g e r m u s c o v i t e s .
N=9
n
so
B,
i N=2 13/.
f
.O
,1
•Z
r],
&O
3,1
[], 3~
,
3.3
BIOTITE Biotites mediate
are m o s t l y
between
pleochroic
and iron-bearing.
the Mg and Fe end members.
ions
in the o c t a h e d r a l
tion
from t r i o c t a h e d r a l
join.
iron;
and i n t r a s a m p l e
Ca plays
'grade'.
to the p h e n g i t e
The data show,
grade
and a
2, the in-
sites.
~ _-
B
inter-
of grains
Si
L
amounts iron.
uncertainty,
no more
In contrast,
in the XII
from Fig.
with
is the v a r i a t i o n
in m u s c o v i t e
the p h e n g i t e
plot p a r a l l e l
ferrous
unit.
of iron and m a g n e s i u m
on m e t a m o r p h i c
for the centers
XNa
grade
has minor
depending
An e x c e p t i o n
and up to 13 mol%
amounts
formula
is possible.
As can be seen
of a n a l y t i c a l
the c o m p o s i t i o n
sample.
However,
component
significant
than
layer c o m p o s i t i o n
of c o m p o s i t i o n
the same
show
mo~ferric limits
per
content w e a k e n s
from each
formulae
is sometimes
though w i t h i n
content.
ferri-muscovite
projected
Normalized there
show m i n o r
in the alkali
of the
However,
join.
and a f e r r i - m u s c o v i t e
of the analyses
deficiency
atoms
sites
remains
below
stoichiometry.
This
They
are inter-
The total n u m b e r 6.0,
indicating
implies
of a devia-
substitution
of
48
the type
(Mg,Fe)2+-A13+ in o c t a h e d r a l sites and/or F e 3 + - A 1 3 + in
t e t r a h e d r a l sites. A d e v i a t i o n towards a 5% to 20% s o l u t i o n of d i o c t a h e d r a l m i c a in b i o t i t e is probable. V a r i a t i o n s
in XMg are,
at a minimum, b e t w e e n 0.43 and O.5 for m a t r i x b i o t i t e s and for biotites in contact with garnet. For the latter the A1%~ varies from 0.43 to 0.98 and is, on the average, h i g h e r than that of the biotite ~ m u s c o v i t e
'grade'
T i t a n i u m amounts
in the garnet + biotite
'grade'
are limited to
1.5 w e i g h t % TiO 2 or O.18 atoms per six o c t a h e d r a l sites. A c c o r d i n g to GUIDOTTI
(1984),
these values are consistent w i t h the g r e e n s c h i s t
grade for m e t a p e l i t e s
and metabasites.
v o l v e d in s u b s t i t u t i o n s has been suggested. + muscovite
(Fig.
However,
t i t a n i u m is not in-
4). A positive c o r r e l a t i o n with XMg
There is an AI-Ti s u b s t i t u t i o n for the b i o t i t e
'grade'. S o d i u m b i o t i t e s
(Na=O.O1 - 0.078) have h i g h e r
XMg ' i m p l y i n g a p r o b a b l e e x c h a n g e b e t w e e n Fe and Na at o c t a h e d r a l sites. B e c a u s e the total of A1 and Si is always h i g h e r than 8, the p r e s e n c e of Fe 3+ at the t e t r a h e d r a l sites is improbable. mate ratio F e 2 + / F e 3+, ca.
The approxi-
13.67 for pelites and s e m i - p e l i t e s
(GUIDOTTI
1984), is c o n f i r m e d by the n o r m a l i z e d atomic formulae. Fig.
ALvl 1,0
4
AIVI/Ti diagram for biotites. Symbols are the same as in Fig. 2. Open symbols indicate c o m p o s i t i o n of the cores. F i l l e d symbols indicate rim composition. Diamonds are y o u n g e r biotites.
o 0 0 []
oo
o
,6
oe
Olb •
me
• 1
ri i
,2
,
!
,i
P o t a s s i u m is the p r e d o m i n a n t cation at XII sites. B a r i u m varies O.O1
from
to 0.07 atoms and, in the presence of K - f e l d s p a ~ c h a r a c t e r i z e s high
grade
(TRACY & ROBINSON,
1976). A slight p o s i t i v e
correlation between
XII totals and XMg was also observed.
GARNET The garnets show p o l y m e t a m o r p h i c patterns.
Two m a i n g e n e r a t i o n s can
49
be distinguished.
The first g e n e r a t i o n garnets
w i t h o u t inclusions
are s m a l ~ s u b a u t o m o r p h i c ,
and p e r v a s i v e l y chloritized.
occur a s s o c i a t e d w i t h high X
plagioclase
an brown to b r o w n i s h green biotite.
In the m a t r i x they
(anorthite 30-40 mol%)
These garnets show a fair increase in
Mg from the core to the rim and have flat patterns They are rotated and their main internal v e r t i c a l l y to the m y l o n i t i z a t i o n generation
for Fe, Mn and Ca.
fractures are o r i e n t e d sub-
foliation.
are large and strongly
epidote and quartz.
and
Garnets of the second
zoned with inclusions
They grew in two stages,
of plagioclase,
the e a r l i e r of w h i c h
is
m a n i f e s t e d by: I) ' p u s h i n g aside'
forms and d i s p l a c e d b r o w n - g r e e n biotite
2) cores of garnets s u r r o u n d e d by b r o w n - g r e e n biotite an i n t e r m e d i a t e p r o g r a d e reaction,
flakes.
as a result of
followed by final r e t r o g r a d e
r e a c t i o n and rim crystallization. 3) garnet c r y s t a l l i z i n g over p l a g i o c l a s e w i t h high Xan
(0.35-0.40).
A l t h o u g h m a t r i x m u s c o v i t e seems to be a s s o c i a t e d with these garnets, it was n e v e r found in contact w i t h them. The latest stage of crystallization concerns garnets with almost i d e n t i c a l chemical composition. H o w e v e r these have h i g h e r g r o s s u l a r and spessartine crystallize on the m a t r i x together w i t h flakes.
content,
and they
large b r o w n - g r e e n biotite
The p r e s e n c e of b o t h these stages indicates p o l y m e t a m e r p h i e
or complex retrograde patterns.
Such patterns
are generally attri-
b u t e d to e i t h e r d i f f u s i o n during p r o g r a d e m e t a m o r p h i s m or to retrograde r e - e q u i l i b r a t i o n . rarely observed: fractures.
There is another special feature that has been
h o m o g e n o u s garnet 'stringers'
These garnets
filling m y l o n i t i z a t i o n
are not fractured and may be syn- to post-
mylonitic.
AMPHIBOLE
Two kinds of amphiboles have b e e n found in the amphibolites calated in the gneisses:
actinolite
and hornblende.
green and have a b r o w n i s h M g - h o r n b l e n d e rich in rotated epidote
are
core. They crystallize in rocks
(allanite ?) and they coexist w i t h y o u n g e r fine
g r a i n e d epidote and w i t h low Xan plagioclase. 0.56
Actinolites
inter-
Their XMg varies
from
to 0.72.
Hornblendes
are p l e o c h r o i c
from b l u e - g r e e n to g r a s s - g r e e n and show,
from core to rim, r e v e r s a l patterns These reversals
a c c o r d i n g to the Si-XMg projection.
are m a t e r i a l i z e d in the join
b e t w e e n Mg- and Fe-horn-
50
blende
(Fig. 5). W h e n both amphiboles are plotted,
h o r n b l e n d e -~ actinolite trend which,
1~0 C
I'
presumably, Fig.
ra
E
A
5
Open circles: sample 37, filled circles: sample 79 A= ferro-actinolite, B= actinolite, C= tremolite, D= ferro-hornblende, E= M g - h o r n b l e n d e , F= ferrotschermakite, G = t s c h e r m a k i t e
D
8
is a retrograde one.
XM~A1VI-diagram for amphiboles
°~-~
>(
they define a Fe-
S~
EPIDOTE
Epidote
appears in gneisses
as w e l l as in amphibolites.
m y l o n i t i c g e n e r a t i o n in the gneisses is rich in Si and in Fe 2+ for low amounts of A1 VI amphibolites
The pre-
(38.9 w e i g h t % SiO 2)
(2.43 atoms per formula unit).
the grains have subhedral,
In
cross fractured and rotated cores
w h i c h are o v e r g r o w n by fine grained rims of i r o n - p o o r and Ca-rich epidote. Y o u n g e r p o s t - m y l o n i t i c epidote fills large fractures. the p u m p e l l y i t e - p r e h n i t e
It is related
to
facies. This epidote is frequently o b s e r v e d near
the N E - S W faults that a f f e c t e d the studied area
(Fig.
I).
CHLORITE
Analyses
of chlorites
are p l o t t e d in Fig. 6. The c o m p o s i t i o n varies
b e t w e e n ripidolite and p y c n o c h l o r i t e of Fe/(Fe+Mg).
High amounts of MnO
in younger chlorites.
(Si=5.3 to 6.2), with a small range
(0.50 to 0.84 w e i g h t %) were d e t e c t e d
In c o - e x i s t i n g m u s c o v i t e - c h l o r i t e p a i r ~ the amount
of MnO varies around 0.75 wt%.
CHLORITOID
TWO d i f f e r e n t generations of c h l o r i t o i d have been found:
the first one
is p l e o c h r o i c and forms large dark green lustrous crystals w i t h straight regular sides and rounded angles. mylonitic
crystallization.
It is strongly t e c t o n i z e d and dates a pre-
The second g e n e r a t i o n is p o s t - m y l o n i t i c w i t h
small crystals growing in all directions,
often in 'rosettes'
51 12
Fig.
1.0
6
Fe/(FeMg-(Fe2++Fe3+)-diagram f o r c h l o r i t e s (HEY 1954): A= c o r u n d o p h i l i t e , B= pseudothuringite, C=sheridanite, D= ripidolite, E= daphnite, F= chlinochlore, G= pycnochlorite, H= b r u n s v i g i t e , I= penninite, J= diabantite, K= talc-chlorite.
+ ÷
~6.
:£
u-
.2 i
0
l
Si
6 FELDSPAR
Plagioclase K-feldspar
Plagioclase Very
often
previous grained
is the d o m i n a n t
the
trails
forms
porphyroblasts
has
also been
in the garnet
patterns
have not been
+ muscovite
varying
have b e e n
observed
which
pure
generation The
varies
studied
from
has
rocks. thin section.
associations.
of quartz w h i c h
of garnets.
anorthite
Very
content
define fine-
of the
44 to 19% and from core
found. Large implies
albite
assemblages
of the s t u d i e d
inclusions
observed.
assemblages
(BUCHER et ai.1983) . L a t e s t
content
have
as those of the second
to rim no reversal
the b i o t i t e
for m o s t
in almost every
or m i c r o p o r p h y r o b l a s t i c
large p o r p h y r o b l a s t s
plagioclase
plagioclase
crystal
mineral
is not a b u n d a n t but exists
variations
low to m e d i u m also been
show p l a g i o c l a s e
within
grade
observed. with
a single
conditions Rocks
from
an a n o r t h i t e
from 20% to 0%.
TURMALINE
Turmaline
is a common
and few inclusions. crystals
which
could
accessory
In sample imply
mineral with blue-grey
80 an i n t e r n a l
a probably
rim
detrital
was
homogenous
observed
colour
in some
origine.
QUARTZ
Quartz are
is u b i q u i t o u s
assumed
in the assemblages
to have e q u i l i b r a t e d
with
it.
studied.
All m i n e r a l
assemblages
52
M E T H O D S OF P R E S S U R E - T E M P E R A T U R E C A L I B R A T I O N S
T e m p e r a t u r e d e p e n d e n t Fe-Mg p a r t i t i o n i n g has b e e n used on c o e x i s t i n g garnet-biotite
and g a r n e t - m u s c o v i t e .
Serious changes in the K D of each
c a l i b r a t i o n are c a u s e d by the Fe 3+ which is c o m m o n l y p r e s e n t in micas. For this p u r p o s e n o r m a l i z e d atomic formulae have been used a c c o r d i n g to LAIRD & ALBEE
(1981)
for the e s t i m a t i o n of Fe 2+. For g a r n e t - b i o t i t e pairs
the c a l i b r a t i o n of HODGES et al. PERCHUK
(1981), GOLDMAN & ALBEE
(1977)
and
(1970) have been applied. A c c o r d i n g to the r e l e v a n t literature
the first c a l i b r a t i o n s have an a n a l y t i c a l error of 20°C. The larger s c a t t e r that can appear w i t h i n a n a r r o w m e t a m o r p h i c
zone may be r e l a t e d
w i t h the scatter b e t w e e n the Mg-Fe e x c h a n g e t e m p e r a t u r e and the thermal peak from sample to sample.
The second c a l i b r a t i o n obtains
of the lower limit and overcorrects of HODGES & S P E A R
(1982)
accounts
temperatures
garnet with high XCa" The c a l i b r a t i o n
for n o n - i d e a l i t y in garnet solid solu-
tion. However,
it is s u p p o s e d that at the low a m p h i b o l i t e facies, b e t w e e n
450 and 6OO°C,
the s p e s s a r t i n e component has an ideal m i x i n g b e h a v i o u r
w i t h the g r o s s u l a r - p y r o p e
component. HOINKES
(1986) p r o p o s e d a c o r r e c t i o n
of the g r o s s u l a r c o m p o n e n t in the lower amphibolite
facies.
In the case
of our data this does not greatly affect the e s t i m a t e d temperatures. For g a r n e t - m u s c o v i t e pairs the c a l i b r a t i o n of GREEN & H E L L M A N
(1982)
was used. The c a l i b r a t i o n for pelitic and b a s a l t i c rocks w i t h high CaO content was used in order to b o r d e r the variations
in temperat-
ure. An i n t e r p o l a t e d temperature has also been e s t i m a t e d according to the Mg value
(MgO/(MgO+FeO)
mol.prop.)
of the c o n c e r n e d muscovite.
However,
this i n t e r p o l a t i o n involves p o s s i b l e errors if the n o n - i d e a l i t y of the exchange is not linear and suggests that these i n t e r p o l a t e d t e m p e r a t u r e s c a n n o t be taken into a c c o u n t as absolute values. A n o t h e r u n c e r t a i n t y is caused by the p r e s e n c e of high X s p e s s a r t i n e w h i c h could lead t e m p e r a t u r e s of the second g e n e r a t i o n of garnets to h i g h e r ranges. P r e s s u r e e s t i m a t e s have been b a s e d on the e q u i l i b r i a
3 anorthite = grossular + 2 Al-silicate
according to GHENT
(1976). The g r o s s u l a r activity
lated from the e x p r e s s i o n of GANGULY & KENNEDY s p e s s a r t i n e c o m p o n e n t into account. 0.50,
~an is given by ORVILLE
Pressure
(~ gros ) was calcu-
(1974) w h i c h takes the
For an anorthite content lower than
(1972) as log10 ~ an = O.1060.
and t e m p e r a t u r e for g a r n e t - m u s c o v i t e
and p l a g i o c l a s e w e r e
53
derived by s i m u l t a n e o u s l y solving the g a r n e t - m u s c o v i t e g e o t h e r m o m e t e r and the g a r n e t - p l a g i o c l a s e geobarometer.
W a t e r fugacities were c a l c u l a t e d
according to the e q u i l i b r i u m
paragonite
(in m u s e o . ) + quartz = albite
according to GHENT CHENEY & GUIDOTTI
(in plag.)+ A l - s i l i c a t e + H20,
(1976). ~par was e s t i m a t e d from the e x p r e s s i o n of (1979) which is only a function of the temperature.
The
p a r a m e t e r s A, B and C for p l a g i o c l a s e b a r o m e t r y and m u s c o v i t e w a t e r fugacities w e r e chosen a c c o r d i n g to the 5 kb - t e m p e r a t u r e i n t e r s e c t i o n for g a r n e t - b i o t i t e pairs,
and according to the pressure - temperature inter-
section for g a r n e t - m u s c o v i t e pairs. As b a r y c e n t e r s
for g a r n e t - b i o t i t e pairs
the m i d d l e values of three p r e s s u r e - t e m p e r a t u r e values derived from the t e m p e r a t u r e c a l i b r a t i o n were used.
For g a r n e t - m u s c o v i t e pairs b a r y c e n t e r s
were d e d u c e d from the i n t e r p o l a t e d t e m p e r a t u r e according to the Mg value of the muscovite. Pressure-temperature
paths were d e d u c e d from the rectangles of error
w h i c h derive from separate c a l i b r a t i o n for each pair of minerals. pressure and w a t e r respectively,
Total
fugacities m u s t be c o n s i d e r e d as m a x i m u m and minimum,
since no a l u m i n i u m - s i l i c a t e was o b s e r v e d in the thin sections.
A p p l i c a t i o n of the c o r r e c t i o n of HODGES et al.
(1982)
increases all tem-
p e r a t u r e s o b t a i n e d by other calibrations d e r i v e d from natural
(Ca + Mn)
b e a r i n g garnets by ca. 80°C and all pressures by I kb. Thus another probable path could be p a r a l l e l to that p r o p o s e d in Fig. tively lower pressures
and temperatures.
does not affect the conclusions
However,
7a and 7b for rela-
the choice of the path
in the p r o p o s e d g e o d y n a m i c scheme since
part of the r e t r o g r a d e m e t a m o r p h i s m was almost isobaric.
CONDITIONS OF M E T A M O R P H I S M
On the basis of e x i s t i n g e x p e r i m e n t a l studies of phase equilibria, following e s t i m a t e s can be made: dote b e a r i n g rocks
(curve 1, Fig.
7) is r e s t r i c t e d to lower pressures
and t e m p e r a t u r e s a c c o r d i n g to the s t a b i l i t y of m u s c o v i t e + quartz 2, Fig.
the
The upper stability of epidote for epi-
7). The u p p e r s t a b i l i t y of c h l o r i t o i d
(curve 3, Fig.
(curve
7) r e s t r i c t s
the t e m p e r a t u r e even more. The s t a b i l i t y of M g - c h l o r i t e + m u s c o v i t e is given by the curve 4. A l t h o u g h the products of the assemblage are not all found
(phlogopite + k y a n i t e is missing)
m o s t common a s s e m b l a g e bility for m u s c o v i t e s
the reactants make up part of the
in the studied area. M i n i m u m t e m p e r a t u r e s (paragonite is not associated)
of sta-
were e s t i m a t e d from
54
the K/(K+Na)
ratio
(EUGSTER et al.
w i t h o u t any p r e s s u r e correction.
1972)
and may be higher than 400°C
The presence of K - f e l d s p a r s
absence of p r o g r a d e m u s c o v i t e in samples
and the
from the garnet + b i o t i t e
assemblages indicates that the b r e a k d o w n of earlier m u s c o v i t e s
is pro-
able,
This
and partial m e l t i n g occured prior to the m y l o n i t i z a t i o n .
hypothesis.is covites,
also supported by the very small variations
compared w i t h that of the garnet + m u s c o v i t e s
ditionally, plagioclases
of XNa in mus-
assemblages.
Ad-
small m e l a n o s o m a t i c horizons w h i c h contain rounded i s o l a t e d (highly albitic)
These horizons
have been found in six localities
are always in contact with amphibolites
(Fig. I).
and seem to sepa-
rate the n o r t h e r n border of the garnet I + m u s c o v i t e q u a r t z i t i c gneisses from the southern border of the garnet I + g a r n e t 2 + m u s c o v i t e ~ b i o t i t e gneisses. The p-t- path from samples w i t h garnet 2 + m u s c o v i t e
shows a complete
pressure retrograde - temperature retrograde e v o l u t i o n in the stability Fig. 7 P r e s s u r e - t e m p e r a t u r e stability fields for the analyses samples. a) g a r n e t - b i o t i t e - m u s c o v i t e plagioclase-assemblages (sample 69) ..... p r o b a b l e equilibria b) g a r n e t - m u s c o v i t e - p l a g i o c l a s e (samples 50, 86, 49) sample 50, ..... sample 86, .... = sample 49
12 -
Kb
%%
]0/],%
107O/Z&
-">'-
81
/ /
~"
8
6-
L,-
-
2
I: Upper stability of epidote (LIOU 1973). 2: M u s c o v i t e + quartz=andalusite+sanidine+H20 (CHATTERJEE & JOHANNES 1974). 3: C h l o r i t o i d = A i - F e - a n t h o p h y l lite+staurolite+hercynite (GRIEVE & FAWCETT 1974). 4:Mgchlorite+muscovite=phlogopite + k y a n i t e + q u a r t z + H 2 0 (BIRD & FAWCETT 1973). 5: Upper stability of muscovite. 6: A l - s i l i cate p o l y m o r p h s (RICHARDSON et al° 1969). 7: A l - s i l i c a t e polymorphs (HOLDAWAY 1971). 8: Field of p r e h n i t e - p u m p e l l y ite facies for basalt andesite systems.
~7 l
10-
1 500
i 6,00
~
I&121
Kb
1 700 0/11
9111
/-
2/3
820111
. -
6 "'"
& 2 ~ i
<,00
I
500
?
I
I
I
soo
700
800
field of m u s c o v i t e and thus can well explain the large variations of m u s c o v i t e
1
800
in ~ a
(Fig. 3). The p-t-time path from samples w i t h garnet 2 +
biotite + m u s c o v i t e shows a similar e v o l u t i o n which enters into the
55
stability
field of the m u s c o v i t e
grade history, Biotite colour
brown
Microprobe ones
a XMg v a r y i n g
(0.14 to 0.18
However,
atoms
from the b r e a k d o w n in the e a r l i e s t
garnet
THOMPSON
reactions (1981)
which
could
proposed
reaction
in w h i c h
later
(1977)
chloritoid
before
of the g r o s s u l a r the d e c r e a s i n g covite,
and the y o u n g e r
are p l o t t e d creasing final
- Mg/Fe
younger
Mn-rich -
content
events
which
is d e p l e t e d
prograde
role,
consuming
+ chloritoid
(Fig.
chlorite. (Fig.
8) garnets
and show,
is i n d e p e n d e n t
the
well
the
large v a r i a t i o n s as w e l l
the appearance
as
of mus-
of the second g e n e r a t i o n
from
of their
in Mn could well
+ H20 +
+ chlorite
relatively
7),
ZEN
area a
as follows:
of the second generation,
diagram
of the g a r n e t
to form is also
to m y l o n i t i z a t i o n .
+ muscovite
in p l a g i o c l a s e ,
profiles
This
or p o l y m e t a m o r p h i s m .
can explain peak
Mn-rich
which
event.
prior
+ biotite
reaction
the thermal
of garnets
from d i f f e r e n t
Mn/Fe-ratio
enrichment
10
content
anorthite
In the Mn/Fe
this
and after
grew e i t h e r
to those of the s t u d i e d
+ high-ab-plagioclase
In the case of our study,
at very
for both biotites.
intermediate
an i m p o r t a n t
+ high-an-plagioclase
and the green
is retained
to form green b i o t i t e
tectonic
is
to 0.57.
or the garnet I reacted
chloritization
plays
the b i o t i t e
green b i o t i t e
retrograde
similar
to a green
from 0.50
are e n r i c h e d
unit)
The
have used
represent
= high-Ca-garnet
evolution
formula
of the
for assemblages
low-Ca-garnet quartz
reacted
et al.
ones
of garnetl,
strong
from garnets,
the T i - c o n t e n t
of Ti.
stages
by the o b s e r v e d
this
of Ti.
per
depleted
directly
Thus,
and has
show that the brown
in A1 VI.
are totally
part of the retro-
is a l t e r e d
Away
chlorite supported
of garnets
to b r o w n - g r e e n
analyses
Garnets
vicinity
a low XMg of ca. 0.45.
are d e p l e t e d
low levels
the isobaric
the heating.
in the i m m e d i a t e
and has
commonly
long after
during
core
to rim,
Ca-variations.
explain
an enThis
the p r e s e n c e
of
chlorites.
H.
Fig. 8 ( M g / F e ) / ( M n / F e ) - d i a g r a m for garnets. Mn/Fe i n c r e a s e s c o n s t a n t l y from core to rim. Symbols are the same as in Fig. 2
,
,
,
T
,
,,,] 1.0
56
GEODYNAMIC E V O L U T I O N
A normal retrograde path,
convex towards the temperature,
is the classic
e v o l u t i o n of a m e t a m o r p h i c
field after uplift and erosion
RICHARDSON
the retrograde h i s t o r y of the T a c h o u k a c h t Gneis-
1978). However,
ses and m e t a p e l i t e s
(ENGLAND &
(Fig. 9) shows other c h a r a c t e r i s t i c s wl%ich can be
grouped in two stages as follows: -
An increase in temperature seems to be m a n i f e s t e d in b o t h g a r n e t - b i o t i t e and g a r n e t - m u s c o v i t e pressures
'grade' with peaks of about 750 ° and 650 ° for
of 10 kb and 8 kb, respectively.
- this thermal effect is not only a result of uplift and e r o s i o n because it is followed by an almost isobaric decrease of temperature b e t w e e n 680°C and 620°C for the g a r n e t - b i o t i t e
and the g a r n e t - m u s c o v i t e
'grade',
respectively. F i e l d observations
and m a p p i n g show that the thermal effect could be
related to the intrusive granites situated on the norhern b o r d e r of the gneisses and m e t a - p e l i t e s p r e s e n c e of migmatites, the early retrograde
(see W A L L B R E C H E R 1987b, Fig.
high molar volume of w a t e r in the m u s c o v i t e s
stage and the absence of retrograde
Kb ~
~00
i
,
,
s00
60o
2, this vol.). The
~00
of
large garnets
~ig. 9 p - t - d e f o r m a t i o n paths for g a r n e t - b i o t i t e m u s c o v i t e - p l a g i o c l a s e (heavy symbols) and g a r n e t - m u s c o v i t e - p l a g i o c l a s e , a+a'=prograde paths (first garnet-generation), b+b' = p r o g r a d e t e m p e r a t u r e paths (first garnet generation), c+c' = thermal peak metamorp h i s m after uplift, erosion, and i n t r u s i o n related w i t h m i g m a t i z a t i o n of the neighb o u r i n g ophiolites. Early stage garnets of the second generation, d+d' = isobaric retrograde paths, m y l o n i t i z a t i o n and late •c stage garnets of the second generation. e+e' = i s o t h e r m a l - l i k e path for garnet + 800 biotite + m u s c o v i t e + p l a g i o c l a s e assemblages, m o d e r a t e to high g e o t h e r m a l gradient for the garnet + m u s c o v i t e + plagioclase assemblages.
on the s o u t h e r n part of the studied profiles r e i n f o r c e
the p r o p o s e d model
of a thermal effect caused by the presence of a hot intrusive body. The s u b s e q u e n t i m p o r t a n t decrease in t e m p e r a t u r e at almost constant p r e s s u r e is i l l u s t r a t e d in the p r e s s u r e - t e m p e r a t u r e a concave-towards-the-temperature
(Fig.
7) as
path. This shape is translated as a
p e r i o d of i m p o r t a n t tectonic activity ture,
diagram
(mylonitization).
The isobaric fea-
for i m p o r t a n t decrease of temperature, may also mean that the dura-
tion of this period was r e s t r i c t e d in time.
Field observations
and
m i n e r a l o g i c a l data suggest also a short duration since p s e u d o t a c h y l i t i c
57
features w e r e o b s e r v e d frequently because small v a r i a t i o n s
(WALLBRECHER 1987b,
this vol.)
in the XMg of chlorites, m u s c o v i t e s
and
and bio-
tites as w e l l as in the XMg of bulk rock imply rates of r e - e q u i l i b r a tion not slower than those of the d e s t a b i l i z a t i o n
of the paragenses.
The Xmola r volume of H20 during the retrograde isobaric path
(Fig. 9)
is r e t a i n e d at high levels b e t w e e n 0.90 and 0.60 and p r o b a b l y has fav o u r e d the strain energy.
The P t o t a l - P w a t e r is b e t w e e n 2 and 4 kb for
the same p e r i o d and increases d e c r e a s i n g temperature. zation was r e l a t i v e l y
towards the end of the isobaric path for
The p a r t i a l p r e s s u r e of w a t e r during m y l o n i t i -
low at 3 kb, since the earlier h i g h e r grade m u s t
have r e m o v e d m o s t of the available water.
During m y l o n i t i z a t i o n
the rocks
w e r e u p l i f t e d to m i d - c r u s t a l level. A l t h o u g h the r e t r o g r a d e e v o l u t i o n can be r e l a t i v e l y w e l l defined, i n f o r m a t i o n about the prograde event
(or events)
no
is available. A l s o the
s t a r t i n g point of the r e t r o g r a d e m e t a m o r p h i s m of Fig.
7 cannot be pro-
p o s e d as the initial one. The g r a n i t i c i n t r u s i o n near the n o r t h e r n border a f f e c t e d both the g n e i s s e s O p h i o l i t e Complex
and the m e t a - p e l i t e s
(BASSIAS & W A L L B R E C H E R
and the T o u r t i t
1987). Thus they are y o u n g e r
than the collision w h i c h t r a n s p o r t e d the T o u r t i t Series and the Tachouk a c h t Series.
It seems that these intrusions
followed an uplift and
e r o s i o n period, p r o b a b l y a rapid one, w h i c h c r e a t e d shorter and easier paths for the u p r a i s i n g hot m a t e r i a l but also, antithetically, advantages
created
for its cooling.
ACKNOWLEDGEMENT
We w o u l d
like to thank the Deutsche F o r s c h u n g s g e m e i n s c h a f t for fin-
ancial support for field excursions
in A p r i l
1986 and O k t o b e r
1986, as
w e l l as the I n s t i t u t e for M i n e r a l o g y of the Freie U n i v e r s i t ~ t Berlin, e s p e c i a l l y Ms. Siegmann,
for the ARL e l e c t r o n m i c o r p r o b e
The w o r k was carried out w h i l e one of the authors
analyses.
(Y.B.) held R e s e a r c h
F e l l o w s h i p from t~e A l e x a n d e r von H u m b o l d t Stiftung. We are g r a t e f u l to this o r g a n i z a t i o n for generous support. We thank Prof.Dr. morphique,
C. TRIBOULET,
L a b o r a t o i r e de P e t r o g r a p h i e
U n i v e r s i t ~ Pierre et Marie Curie,
M~ta-
Paris France for c r i t i c a l l y
r e a d i n g the manuscript. F i n a l l y we would
like to thank the Service G ~ o l o g i q u e du M a r o c for the
friendly c o o p e r a t i o n and logistic help w i t h o u t which this p r o j e c t could not have b e e n carried out.
58
REFERENCES
BASSIAS I. & W A L L B R E C H E R E. (1987): P r e s s u r e - t e m p e r a t u r e path of late P r o t e r o z o i c gneisses (Central Anti-Atlas, M o r o c c o ) . - EUG 4th B i e n n i a l Meeting, 13-16 April, Strasbourg, 7 (2-3): 290. BIRD GW. & FAWCETT JJ. (1973): Stability relations of M g - c h l o r i t e M u s c o v i t e and Quartz b e t w e e n 5 and 10 kb w a t e r pressure. J. Petrol. 14: 415-428. BRABERS P. (1987): A plate tectonic m o d e l for the P a n a f r i c a n orogeny in the Anti-Atlas, Morocco.- (this volume). B U C H E R K., FRANK E. & FREY M. (1983): A model for the p r o g r e s s i v e regional m e t a m o r p h i s m of m a r g a r i t e - b e a r i n g rocks in the Central Alps.- Am.J.Sci., 283: 370-395. C H A T T E R J E E N.D. & JOHANNES W. (1974): T h e r m a l stability and s t a n d a r d t h e r m o d y n a m i c p r o p e r t i e s of synthetic 2 M 1 - m u s c o v i t e , K A I 2 ( A I S i O10(OH)2) ~ Contr. M i n e r a l o g y and Petrology, 48: 89-114. 3 CHENEY J.T. & GUIDOTTI C.V. (1979): M u s c o v i t e + p l a g i o c l a s e e q u i l i b r i a in s i l l i m a n i t e + quartz b e a r i n g metapelites, Puzzle M o u n t a i n area, n o r t h w e s t Maine.- Am.J.Sci., 279: 411-434. E N G L A N D P.C. & RICHARDSON S.W. (1977): The influence of erosion upon the m i n e r a l facies of rocks from d i f f e r e n t m e t a m o r p h i c environm e n t s . - Geol. Soc. London J., 134: 201-213. E U G S T E R H.P., ALBEE A.L., BENCE A.E., T H O M P S O N J.B. JR. & W A L D B A U M D.R. (1972): The two-phase region and excess m i x i n g p r o p e r t i e s of parag o n i t e - m u s c o v i t e c r y s t a l l i n e s o l u t i o n s . - J. Petrol., 13: 147-179. GANGULY J. & KENNEDY G.C. (1974): The energetics of natural garnet solid s o l u t i o n I. M i x i n g of the a l u m i n o s i l i c a t e e n d - m e m b e r s . Contr. Mineral. Petrol., 48: 137-148. GHENT E.D. (1976): P l a g i o c l a s e - g a r n e t - A l 2 S i O 5 - q u a r t z : a p o t e n t i a l geob a r o m e t e r - g e o t h e r m o m e t e r . - Am. M i n e r a l o g i s t , 61: 710-714. GOLDMAN D.S. & A L B E E A.L. (1977): C o r r e l a t i o n of M g / F e p a r t i t i o n i n g between garnet and b i o t i t e w i t h ~O/ ~ O p a r t i t i o n i n g b e t w e e n quartz and m a g n e t i t e . - Am.J.Sci., 277: 750-767. GREEN T.H. & H E L L M A N P.L. (1982): Fe-Mg p a r t i t i o n i n g b e t w e e n c o e x i s t i n g garnet and p h e n g i t e at high p r e s s u r e and comments on a g a r n e t - p h e n gite g e o t h e r m o m e t e r . - Lithos, 15: 253-266. GRIEVE R.A.F. & FAWCETT J.J. (1974): The s t a b i l i t y of chloritoid b e l o w 10 kb P H 2 0 . - J o u r n a l of Petrology, I~5: 113-139. GUIDOTTI C.V. (1984): Micas in m e t a m o r p h i c rocks.- in: S.W. B A I L E Y Reviews in Mineralogy, M i n e r a l . S o c . A m e r . , 13: 357-456. HEY M.H.
(1954): A new review of chlorites.- Min. Mag.,
(ed.),
30: 277.
HODGES K.V. & S P E A R F.S. (1982): G e o t h e r m o m e t r y , g e o b a r o m e t r y and the A I 2 s i o 5 triple p o i n t at Mt. Moosilauke, New H a m p s h i r e . - Am. Mineral., 67: 1118-1134.
59
HOINKES G. (1986): E f f e c t of g r o s s u l a r - c o n t e n t in garnet on the partitioning of Fe and Mg b e t w e e n garnet and b i o t i t e . - Contr. Mineral. Petrol., 92: 393-399. H O L D A W A Y M.J. (1971): S t a b i l i t y of andalusite and the a l u m i n u m silicate phase diagram.-Am. Jour.Sci., 271: 97-131. LAIRD I. & ALBEE A.L. (1981): High p r e s s u r e m e t a m o r p h i s m in mafic schists from N o r t h e r n V e r m o n t . - Am.J.Sci., 281: 97-126. LIOU J.G. (1973): Synthesis and stability relations of epidote, F e S i 3 0 1 2 ( O H ) . - J o u r n a l of Petrology, 14: 383-419.
Ca2AI 2
ORVILLE P.M. (1972): P l a g i o c l a s e cation exchange e q u i l i b r i a w i t h aqueous chloride solution: Results at 700oc and 2000 bars in the p r e s e n c e of quartz.- Am.J.Sci., 272: 234-272. L.L. (1970): E q u i l i b r i u m of b i o t i t e with garnet in m e t a m o r p h i c rocks.- Geochem. Int. 1970: 157-179.
PERCHUK
R I C H A R D S O N S.W., GILBERT M.C. & BELL P.M. (1969): E x p e r i m e n t a l determ i n a t i o n of k y a n i t e - a n d a l u s i t e and a n d a l u s i t e - s i l i m a n i t e equilibria: the a l u m i n o s i l i c a t e triple point. Am.J.Sci. 259-272. S C H E R M E R H O R N L.J.G., W A L L B R E C H E R E. & HUCH K.M. (1986): Der S u b d u k t i o n s komplex, G r a n i t p l u t i o n i s m u s und S c h e r t e k t o n i k im G r u n d g e b i r g e des Sirwa-Doms (Anti-Atlas, M a r o k k o ) . - B e r l i n e r geowiss. Abh. (A). 66: 301-322. TRACY R.J. & ROBINSON P. (1976): Garnet c o m p o s i t i o n and zoning in the det e r m i n a t i o n of temperature and p r e s s u r e of m e t a m o r p h i s m , central M a s s a c h u s e t t s . - A m . M i n e r a l . , 61: )762-775. T H O M P S O N A.B., TRACY R.J., LYTTLE P. & T H O M P S O N J.B. (1977): P r o g r a d e r e a c t i o n histories d e d u c e d from c o m p o s i t i o n a l zonation and mineral inclusions in garnet from the Gassetts schist, V e r m o n t . - Am.J.Sci., 277: 1152-1167. W A L L B R E C H E R E.
(1987 a) : The A n t i - A t l a s
System,
an overview.-
(this vol.)
W A L L B R E C H E R E. (1987 b): A ductile shear-zone in the P a n a f r i c a n b a s e m e n t on the n o r t h w e s t e r n m a r g i n of the W e s t A f r i c a n craton (Sirwa Dome, Central A n t i - A t l a s ) . - (this volume). ZEN E. (1981): M e t a m o r p h i c m i n e r a l assemblages of slightly caleic pelitic rocks in and around the T a c o n c i c Allochtone, S o u t h w e s t e r n Massachusetts and adjacent C o n n e c t i c u t and New York.- Geol. Surv. Prof. Papers 1113, Washington.
60
APPENDIX SAMPLE 69 SPOT Xa.~
~..
r
c
r
c
r
c
1
3
2O
15
29
28
32
33
35
0,670
0,669
0,674
0,670
0,700
668
0,688
r 3 8 ....... 0,664
0,685
0,687
Xpyr
O,171
O,157
0,158
0,172
172
O,163
O,174
O,168
0,189
0,171
Xg r
O,101
O,102
0,088
O,O98
114
O,109
0,t10
O,~O9
O,103
0,114
Xsp T Mg
0,042
O,043
0,046
0,043
046
0,048
0,048
0,050
0,517
O,O51
0,200
0,202
0,184
0,197
205
O,193
0,206
0,200
0,202
0,205
4~
50
86
SAMPLE SPOT
1~
' 20
e
r
c
r
8
9
2 ~ 24
.
23
r
r
2
16
18
c
r
'6
.............. 1
Xa1
0,629
0,635 0,588
0,588 ~O,559
0,520
0,580
0,581
0,591
0,555
0,538
Xpyr
0,157
O,164 iO,~52
O,~49
O,152
O,136
O,147
0,158
0,150
O,162
O,159
Xgr
0,173
O,124
0,142
O,139
0.159
0,154
0,139
O,138
0.140 IO 1 6 ~ . 0 , 1 6 7
Xsp
O,042
0,077
0,118
O,124
0,130
O,189
0,124
0,122
O,119
0,121
0,136
XMg
O,189
O,196
0,203
O,198
O,214
0,208
O,195
0,209
0,203
0,226
0,228
TABLE 1 : Garnet mole fractions for used cores and rims. Xal Xpr = Mg/(Fe+Mg+Ca+Mn}, Xgr = Ca/IFe+Mg+Ca+Mn), Xsp al = almandlne, py = pyrope, gr= grossular,
50
Fe/(Fe+Mg+Ca+Mn), Mn/[£e+Mg+Ca+Mn),
sp = spessartlne.
l-----~-[
..... 86 1
XMg = Mg/(Fe+Mg)•
69,
1 2, I 1TI 28 1.0 1 31 1 0,36
0,35
TABLE 2: Xsg of biotites XMg and Xmg = MgO/(MgO+FeO) of muscovltes used for calibratlons].
0,33
0,54
0,49
(molar proDortZons
fH20~I~XH20~ _ SAMPLE
SPOTS
69
Xgr
)
r - mica 88 34 bl 38 31 m 29 30 m
~ 690 720 757
~~
I"
-
29
O,114 I ( O,114 I (
35 32 20
31 m 34 bi
708 698
I
-
26
O,108 I (
I
26 b i
62O
87 8
0,098
(
0,838
3 35 18
4 bi 37 b£ 14 b£
593 619 568
86 19 2
O,102 0,109 0,09
( (
0,855 { 0,820 0,835
60 27
0,114 I (
0,004
6151
0,019
4556 4834 4834 5~67 5~67
0,009 O,OOO
571
0,78
194c 0,72 113~ 0~80 64
0,67
.------4--
i 86
50
~
49
20
18 m
15
23 m
6s7
25
18 8
21 m 11 m
585
21 22
2 24
3 m 4 m
~
911 m
582
21
6
15 m
566 415
21
t
TABLE
3:
26 m
593
O,124
.
I o , 1.7. .5. . .I~
i
617 23 643 25 593 "23
--
in
pond
O~/S
O,139 O,159 O,158 0,138
0,802 0,767 O,?SO
5~ 5958 5~ 4387 4 ~66g
0,804
4, 3086
0,55
0,162 I 0,192 i
0,841 0~82J
1195 1 188
O,2t
15
garnet
~
water biotite
that
samples to
7~26 87{)0
O,851 0,820
indicates for
0,55
7~
O,140 I 0,134 I
Pressure-temperature, data
1776 17
0,829
the
fuqacity
= muscovite
muscovites
86,
50,
Xmg
value
49
are derive
of
used
8 b4o8
(fH20) +
not from
and
molar
plagioclase in
muscovites.
volume
0,93
O,S3 0,72
0,3[
o9
water
(XH20)
assembla<jes.
equilibrium.
pressures
0,89 u,8]
and
Water
fugacity
temperatures
values
which
corres-
A P L A T E T E C T O N I C M O D E L FOR THE P A N A F R I C A N O R O G E N Y IN THE A N T I - A T L A S , M O R O C C O Peteralv M. B r a b e r s * Fysico-Chemische Geologie, Katholieke Universiteit Celestijnenlaan 200C, 3030 Heverlee, Belgium
Leuven
Combined field observations and petrological evidence from Taznakht block, in the Anti-Atlas, Morocco, have led to a s t r a t i g r a p h i c c l a s s i f i c a t i o n of the Precambrian, applicable in other P r e c a m b r i a n b l o c k s in the A n t i - A t l a s and High Atlas as well.
the new the
Lithostratigraphic and geochronological correlations made between Precambrian formations in the different blocks, have allowed to propose a plate tectonic model explaining the Panafrican Orogeny in the Atlas by the opening and closing of an ensialic marginal basin associated with southward subduction of an oceanic plate below the northern edge of the West-African craton.
RESUME Une combinaison d ' o b s e r v a t i o n s de terrain et de donn~es p6trographiques de la boutonniere de Taznakht a men~ ~ une classification nouvelle de la stratigraphie pr~cambrienne, qui est valable aussi dans les autres boutonnieres de l'Anti-Atlas et du HautAtlas.
Des c o r r e l a t i o n s l i t h o s t r a t i g r a p h i q u e s et g ~ o c h r o n o l o g i q u e s entre lea f o r m a t i o n s p r ~ c a m b r i e n n e s des d i f f ~ r e n t e s b o u t o n n i e r e s nous ont permis de proposer un module g~odynamique expliquant l'orog~n~se panafricaine par l'ouverture et fermeture (obduction) d'un bassin m a r g i n a l e n s i a l i q u e c o n t e m p o r a i n e de s u b d u c t i o n d'une p l a q u e o c d a n i q u e vers le sud a u - d e s s o u s de la b o r d u r e s e p t e n t r i o n a l e du c r a t o n ouestafricain.
Introduction Geographically, chain
the
in South Morocco,
the south by the Precambrian
M o r o c c a n Sahara.
blocks
sedimentary cover Lower-Dra,
Ifni
and
extension
the
Saghro
Jbal
or
(Fig.
northern
"accident
Anti-Atlas
bordered
blocks.
majeur
de
zone e r o s s c u t t i n g * p r e s e n t address:
The
a
F r o m west blocks;
the
geology
An
it (fig.
the
important
trending
the High
and
in of
feature major
by
the m a i n
Jbal the
mountain
is m a r k e d by a n u m b e r
surrounded
to east
High-Atlas;
l'Anti--Atlas", a
WSW-ENE
north by
"boutonnieres", I).
Kerdous into
is
in the
Sirwa
of
the
a
Palaeozoic
b l o c k s are: block
Taznakht,
east-west
Atlas
with
the it's
Bou--Azzer and
Anti-Atlas trending
is
I).
Geosurvey,
Blijde
Inkomststraat
the
fault
31, B 3 0 0 0 L e u v e n
62
.q
4J
I
0
a -,'4
0 ,-4 r~
0 0 P
5 o°
0,
t~Z
63
It
may
be
represented
northwest are
of
the
PIII)
Their
orientation quartzites
northwest.
Such
an
is
neg]igeable
environment
PI],
formations, detritic
indicate
and
even
grade. the
E1
the The
of
are
is known
shows
that
sediments
of
Jbal
the
because
of and
The m i s i d e n t i f i c a t i o n PII-III
described in fact,
by
Choubert
is not of
from
suitable
the
(near in
the
end
of
important
by
abundant devoid
been
of
erupted
of
the
turfs
quartzites
may
all
Azguemerzi with
part
the
PIIa
is h i d d e n
lower
(quartzitie)
part
is
cut
off
the
Eburnean
to
the
granites
basement
of
and
most
PII-III
always
1963).
This
mistake
similarities shelf
defining
by
the
is
between
the
PIIa
near
Taghdout
Taghdout
profile,
the
PII
because
unconformity
a reverse
been
quartzites.
recognizing
type-locality
below
the
1986).
have
The
as
study
equivalents
by not
and show
(Pl)
petrographical
continental
Pl
metamorphic
gneisses,
(Brabers
(1951).
for
upper
high
Taghdout)
PII
Termier
assigned
their
lithological
the
Tiffadine,
general,
been caused
at
an
Assemlil,
metamorphic
the PIIa
and
in
of
the
turfs,
been
and v o l c a n i c s
at
Jbal
Post-tectonic
shelf
A detailed
the
the
has
unconformity
onset at
have
and
(Choubert
quartzites
the
marked
of
associated
Mimount
PII
have
Taznakht
Anti-Atlas
the
the
environment.
underwent
Cued
because
plain.
shelf
to
always
different
represent
understandable
-
I)
Zenaga
degrees
deposited
orientation
Imghlay,
the
in
were
Amsemsa
similar
1963)
they
in
the PII-III
of
the
quartzites
quartzites assigned
Jbal
them.
as well.
ultramafics
quite
in
continental 4. The
(fig.
30
erosion.
continental
origin
(Choubert
absence
they
probably
the
of
continental
phase
probably
the
m north
before
series from
mountainless
tectonic
tuffs
Ouarzazate distinct
dipping
necessarily
Tamazight,
Hara
P0
presence
that it
of
a
Amsemsa
Amsemsa
pretectonic
existed
the
pretectonic
a preteetonic
the
probably
main
are
while
Jbal
area,
intensive
Moreover,
the
gneisses
Ourika or
in
have
Jbat
intercalations
erosion
the
of
400
the
ruffs
intercalations,
to
of
same
Anti-Atlas
therefore,
pretectonically. compared
as
detritic
with
sediments,
sedimentary
3. The
the
associated
The
quite
these
only
ruffs
exposed
the
of
During
however,
uplift
2).
same
that
can
Orogeny.
(Fig. volcanics
in
absence
of
flow
PIII)
the
shows
Panafrican the
(Lower
ruffs,
period
by
ash
lithologically
(PIIa)
The
Amsemsa
plain
are
series
shelf
the
overlain
and
Sirwa-Saghro
a
Zenaga
unconformably
(Upper
by
fault
and
the the
separating
64
This the
paper
northern
part
is
based
of
the
mainly
on
Taznakht
results
block
from
(fig.
•
a
detailed
study
2).
Cretaceous, Ter~iary, Quaterna~f
!!ii!iiiiiii?!iil i!;ii!!iii ~
~
.....
ar~rlan and Infra-Carbri~n: marine sediments calcalkalLne %~icanics
~
calcalkallne granltoids
~
calcalkaline diorltes
~
detrltic sedirents (PII-III)
~
h loWly deformed qnelsses (PIla) with c~/~iolite fra~e-qts (riCh) ~HH~ c~hiolit/c rod,s (pITh)
Ta~n~ht.
~
tholeltic gabbros (PIIa)
~
oontir~ntal shelf formation (PIIa): dolomltes, quartzltes, tho~ei~es amd pelltas ~--~granltes, gneisses and micaschists (Pl)
•iiiiiii!i!i!!!i!! iiiii!iiiiiii!iii':'::::ii!':::~i!~i
Taznak~ht Zenaga plain
C~
-
@ km
Figure 2: ~ e
Taznakht block.
in
65
]. S t r a t i g r a p h y l.l New c l a s s i f i c a t i o n A
new
proposed
of
classification
in fig.
the
Precambrian
in
the
Anti-Atlas
is
3.
Cambrian and Infra-Can~rian: conglomerates, shales, dolomites, sandstones, calcalkaline volcanic intercalations
PIII: Sirwa-Saghro series(l) and Ouarzazate series(2): calca/kaline volcanic andesites and ash flow ruffs with their plutonic equivalents and sedimentary intercalations
0r ' u~
&
rr.v:.v.v,':,v:,v::v.v::.
o cO
..4
PII-III: detritic sediments with minor calcalkaline volcanic intercalations
PIIb
pIIa
PIIc
|--__. . . . . .
E
"}:::5::::::::::i
PIIa: continental shelf formation: quartzites and dolomites(1), tholeitic volcanics and plutonic rocks(2), sericite-schists with spilitic and keratophyric tuffs (3) ophiolite sequence: ultramafics(1), tholeitic volcanlcs and plutonic rocks (2), spilites, kerato~yres and ~=~dments(3) continental facies: C" dnyolitic ash flow tuffs and granites
PI: Eburnean basement (Lower-Proterozoic) micasd%ists and migmatic gneisses(a) intruded by Azguemerzi(b) and Taznakht(c) granites ¢
Fig. 3: Stratigraphy of the Precanbrian in the Anti-Atlas.
The
metamorphic
unconformably three an
facies
oceanic
facies
covered may
by
shelf
basement
formations
distinguished:
(ophiolitic)
(PIIc).
continental
be
Eburnean
North
of
(PIIb)
the
accident
of
have
Precambrian
a continental
facies
sediments
the
(Precambrian
and
a
shelf
II
majeur
de
in
facies
continental
been g n e i s s i f i e d
I)
is which
(PIIa),
(volcanic)
l'Anti-Atlas
the
due to o v e r t h r u s t i n g
66
of
ophiolites
tholeitic
from
the
volcanics,
transformed
into
amphibolites
ophiolitic
metamorphosed.
It
quartz-diorites
associated
sediments.
Ophiolite continents]
The
next
level
formations.
This
trending
overturned
the
by erosion The
series,
Infra-Cambrian
with
different
placed
volcanoand
over
the
sequence
1963)
a
have
huge
northwest-
been
bimodal
may
marine
minor
older
vertical
be
or
even
generated
overlain
sequence
angular
calcalkaline
recognized
unconformably
A
detritic
faults.
of
1963).
a
and
set
probably
reverse
folded
a
is
covering
east-west
a
other
the
of
(the by
the
Cambrian
unconformity
to
with
the
Zenaga
ectinites
covering have
level
erosion
as
and
the
intrusions.
granite
granites
and
Taznakht
in
the
the
of
facies
the
and
been
to
has
any they
been
PI
I.
The
differences schemes. granites
at
However, granites,
be
the
they
consist and
than
of the
them.
volcanism
recognized
as
influence
younger
covering
in
same
gneisses
metamorphic
oaloalkaline
never
number
misinterpreted
the
must
a
table
Azguemerzi
unconformably
pretectonic
in
essential
classification
basement
Therefore,
assigned
schemes
some
past
undergo
in fact,
(PIIc)
been
PI micaschists.
of
didn't
they are,
existence
continental
they
(1981)
belonging
products
micaschists
shows
the
(orthoschists)
stratigraphic
have
classification scheme
and Leblanc's
plain
classifications
formations
different
(1963)
I. The m e t a - a r k o s e s
the
stratigraphic
classification
with C h o u b e r t ' s
2. The
all
column
have
consists
Precambrian
into
proposed
of
sediments
Choubert
shows
scattered
to
that
along
(Choubert age
a
series.
1.2 C o m p a r i s o n
the
related
The
III
and
and
keratophyres
unconformably
faults
which
and
trondhjemites
metsgabbros
stratigraphic
is
uplifted
in
series
Ouarzazate
and
the
reverse
PrecambrJan
garnet-bearing disrupted
spilites, found
(PII-III)
sediments.
complex
Sirwa-Saghro
newly
in
are
been
formation.
sequence
of blocks
Ouarzazate
The
shelf
sequence
southeast
volcanic
fragments
of
have
fine-grained
lenses, highly
syntectonic
tholeitic
consisting
gneissified
gneisses,
is
and
dolomites,
sericite-schists
amphibolite
prewith
Quartzites,
scspolite
formation
includes
sequence
sedimentary
dolerites,
chlorite-schists,
The
sedimentary
tholeitic
facies.
metaquartzites,
and
gneisses.
oceanic
in
the
in
a
past.
67
i I
A O
~
t.,l
I
.,,.i ~
~
1,~
•. t o o
1~1
"° ~
m
Cn-,~
I I
I
§ | N
O
!
1.-4 {-~ e l:u
..O
|
I--t ~ ~.
N ~
v r~
.,H u~
(J E)
O
II I-4
I-4
I-4
n
.,M 4J A
v
N ,.,.4
g.l
,< N
,-4 O
t-.4 I
I H
1
I
I
68
a southern Jbal
uplifted
Mimount
the uplifted associated explains
block
quartzites block
with
that
have
reverse
our view
%
from
a northern
undoubtedly been
% % !
downfaulted the
erosion
set vertical
faulting
on the Taghdout
are
(see
block.
The
products
of
due to d r a g f o l d i n g
section
2.3).
Figure
4
profile.
•
quartzites and eonglon~rates (PII-III)
~
dolerite sills (PIIa)
~
skarns (PIIa)
~
dolomites (PIIa)
~
Taznakht granite (PI) Jbal Mimoun1:
1
,
S
Oi
N
3• 0 0 m
Fig. 4: The Taghdout profile.
The
original
general
confusion
Useful
criteria
misinterpretation concerning to
are:
I) PII-III
quartzites
faults.
a consequence,
As
overturned.
quartzites, reverse 2)
PIIa
while
are
This,
unless
they
with
usually
generally, are
all
profile over
between
associated
these
this
quartzites
distinguish
quartzites
even
of
has
the
PIIa
and
bounded
been
set
the
case
situated
PII-III
by
not
accidentally
to a
Anti-Atlas. and
have
is
led
reverse
vertical with
near
or
PIIa
such
a
fault. quartzites
PII-III
quartzites
are
intercalated
quartzites
are overlain
can
be
traced
about
10
or
overlain
by shales. kilometers
by
dolomites,
The Jbal westward
Mimount where
69
shales
are
should 5.
The
be
the
Arguments
this
PII-III may
similar
the
as
There
series
kilometers
3)
2.
The
to and it
Alpine difficult
fault.
classified
and
Choubert.
both
series:
detritic
have
still
reverse
active
in
vertical
set
the
been
because
both
sediments
undergone:
have
been
PIII, a
to
some
a
while
cases close
the
to
some
clear
detritic
are
series,
Sirwa-Saghro
between
series.
north
of
series
of
Tamezzarra
This
the
the
Sirwa-Saghro
unconformity
Zenaga
northwest
of
is
plain the
well
and
Zenaga
3
plain
sheet).
important
while
the
unconformity
PII-III
Taghdout
ealcalkaline
classify
because:
Imdghar-n-Izdar
lithological
volcanics in
the
occur detritic
differences
between
abundantly PII-III
in
the
series,
both Sirwa-
they
are
insignificant. detritic while
the
PII-III
series
Sirwa-Saghro
is
always
series
may
associated occur
with
elsewhere
reverse
as
well.
evolution
Precambrian
numerous
has
prefer
northeast
There
Tectonic The
Lower
1/50,000
faults
as
both
PlII,
we
the
at
Saghro
between
well
may
series
exists
and
exposed
rather
was
Leblanc
faults.
separately
2)
history
Lower
Nevertheless,
series:
as
PII-III,
volcanosedimentary
(see
similarities
tectonic
during
series
by
be:
volcanics
the
undoubtedly
PII-III. Sirwa-Saghro
during
I)
therefore,
series
faulting
reverse
They,
voleanosedimentary
calcalkaline
the
the
lithological
contain
2)
to
them.
detritic for
the
covering
assigned
folded
with
I)
found
tectonic orogenies. or
formations movements
in
during
Reactivation
impossible
to
the
of
assign
Anti-Atlas the older a
have
been
submitted
Panafrican,
the
Hemcynian
fault
correct
systems age
to
often every
makes single
70
2.1 T h r u s t i n g The
first
important
thrusting
during
phase
lost
are
during
the
foliation reaching
in
the
in
disappearing
ophiolite
south
of
the
thrust
grade
in
the
tectonic
intensive What
rocks;
2)
majeur;
4)
accident
in
i.
2 0'.', 0 ,
1900
i u
'~'~
Adrar Asfal
the
majeur
north
to
50 of
..'"
deformed
Ar~
NtQ°b
•
.
©
Lower-PIII: cc~zglomerates and sandstones PIl-III: oDnglommrates, quartzltes and shalem calcalkallne granites (PII) ~holeltlc gabbros (PIIa) PIIa: metaoonglomerates and quartzites(1) dol~mltes and scapolite ~neisses(2) tholeitic mmtavolcanlcs {3 ) shales, schists and gnelsses(4)
x
@
clear
Pana frlcan faults 1~rcgni~m faults Alpine faults
Fig. 5: b e "accident majeur de l'Anti-Atlas" near N'Qob.
area,
area
and
by
the
northward (Fig.
,: ."
a
amphibolite
degrees N'Qob
this
metamorphism
Imghlay
,Ti~arnina
il.il::::!.
I)
Tamazight
Jbal
I
of
faulting
smaller
highly
40
..... ~
is:
the
the
single
Jbal Assakkoumd
southward
features
regional
in
fragments, a
$
2100
a
3)
is
strike-slip
remains
southward
ophiolite and
movement
conditions
accident
sheet
fault
phase.
facies
larger
ophiolite
of
related
metamorphic the
Most
overprint
amphibolite
of
tectonic
obduction.
the
tectonic
south
overriding dipping
to
second
decreasing
lenses
ophiolite due
lower
Panafriean
N
5).
71
2.2
Strike-slip PI
The
and
PII
formations
intensive
strike-slip
movements
The
of
can
sense
Jbal
movement
Amsemsa The
the
ash
most
is
remobilized the
An
rare
primary
example de
of
faults
2.3
Reverse
faulting
by
synsedimentary
overturned exactly
the
at
substratum; substratum,
by
have
it,
this
before,
the
reverse
age
(Fig.
PII-III
have
faults
are
between
the
PII-III
they
may
seen
the
sediments
be
erosion le at the Asdrem aplites ~
erosion near
in
~
\
level
that
of
Another which
it
has
obscured
1986). is
the
accident
appear
(Fig.
""'"%~ ..... ~ \ ~
usually
set
contact
on the e r o s i o n
most
to
be
5).
the
depending
2).
that
it,
faults
formations
that
These
with
zone
most
the
(Fig. is
(Brabers
fault
where
zones.
vertically.
extent
patterns
faults
stratification.
such
fault
by
crosscutting
phase
rotated
strike-slip
deformed
fault
associated
to
N'Qob,
fault
tectonic
been
elements
near
a
left-lateral
retromorphism
typical
highly trending
from
lithogeoehemical a
are
east-west
a
of
of P a n a f r i c a n
mentioned
is
effect
earth
l'Anfi-Atlas
strike-slip
As
this
greenschist
the
original
majeur
affected
the
along determined
tuffs:
pronounced
formations
feature
flow
be
usually
are
vertical
not
even
necessarily
sediments as
bounded or
well
and as
seen their
in
the
6).
,!'"
" """~" .... :'" '
level
Fig. 6: Synsedim~ntary PII-III reverse faulting.
In representing III)
the
Taghdout the
is s i t u a t e d
southern in the
profile, limit
for of
substratum
example,
the
Jbal
(Fig.
5).
the
Mimount
reverse
fault
quartzites
(PII-
72
The
other
PII-III (fig.
sediments, 2).
A
crosscutting aplites and
configuration,
the
can be
shales The
before
may
PIla
traced
sudden
sediments
is
number
be
found of
with on
the
the
Asdrem
north-south
gneisses 50 to
in
the into
of
these
terms
of
///a.
to
reverse erosion
When,
during
erosion The
faulting than
started
aplites,
the
reverse
(Fig.
however,
7).
The
surrounding faulting,
attacking
PII-III
the
Taehaokcht
aplites
are
formation.
The
the P I I - I I I
sandstones
aplites
in
the
erosion
PII-III
associated
plane
at the Asdrem aplites.
aplitic
gneisses the
gneisses being
of
in
before erosion
Fig. 7: PII-III faulting and ~ n t a t l o n
with
south
granitic
differential
~/~ t /~
situated
abruptly.
disappearance explained
of
southward
fault
plateau
striking
north
80 m
disappearing
reverse
more
dikes and
northern
and
aplites
resistant
are
stick block in to
the
more out was
resistant in
uplifted,
uplifted
erosion
relief.
block.
than
the
73
gneisses,
were
certain
period
sediments. the
of
Thus,
impression
fact of
eroded
older the
2.4
of
slowly were
aplitic
intruded
sediments.
edge
of
the
than
at
can
after
the
first
give
they
be
a
PII-III
sight
formation,
fault
(Fig.
and
by
the
PII-]II
reverse
aplites
gneisses
surrounded
dikes
the
The
the
are
situated
in
south
7).
Folding to
PIII
volcanics
west
trending
style
of
gentle
folds.
the
as
Hercynian
subhorizontal
well
folds.
folding
The
the
may
vary
PII-III on
volcanics,
sediments
the
from
tectonics
"accident and
southern
D~collement unfolded
the
Upper-PIII
are
competence
tight
Lower
in
east-
folded
of
isoclinal
the
the
folds
rocks, to
the
extended
tectonics
downfaulted
uplifted
as
Depending
Hercynian
alongside was
the
having
the
southern
more
sedimentation,
although
than
Contrary
2.5
much
majeur
the
block
structures
Precambrian
are de
marked
slipped
basement
vertical
l'Anti-Atlas".
The
sedimentary
strata
Palaeozoic
showing
by
downward folded
rocks,
onto
the
Palaeozoic are
movements
northern
block
covering
downfaulted
formations
found n o r t h e a s t
the
block.
on
top
of the
of
Zenaga
plain. 2.6 Alpine
tectonics
During northern and
the
and
where
blocks.
the A s d r e m
by such a fault Both
(Fig.
faults
phonolites
orogeny,
northwestern
southeastern
Asdrem,
5).
Alpine
of Jbal
blocks
were
Examples
of
plateau
2) and
have
which
in
fact,
uplifted Alpine
is
relative
faults
are
is
separated
from
in the
"accident
majeur"
displaced
Late
still
Tertiary
to seen
active, southern at
the T a m a z i g h t
(or
near Early
N'Qob
Tizi plain (Fig.
Quaternary)
Sirwa.
3. G e o c h r o n o l o g ~ The
abundance
High-Atlas
allows
Precambrian
blocks.
geochronological stratigraphic all other
of
geochronological
correlations A
data
be
data
in
made
between
reinterpretation leads
classification
Precambrian
to
blocks
to
set up
the
the
of
for the
Taznakht
the
that block
and
different
stratigraphic
conclusion
in the A n t i - A t l a s
Anti-Atlas
the is valid
and H i g h - A t l a s
and new in
as well.
74
Geochronological data
and
correlations
between
the
different
b l o c k s a r e d i s c u s s e d e l s e w h e r e ( B r a b e r s 1986). 4.
P l a t e t e c t o n i c mode] The
the
(Fig.
stratigraphic,
former
sections
8)
tectonic
may
and
petrographic
n o w be t r a n s l a t e d
data
into plate
discussed
tectonic
in
terms.
I) R i f t i n g At
the
onset
Anti-Atlas, dolomites. opening
the
PII,
subsidence
may
have
in
the
deposition
of
PIIa
The
of
dipping The
of
resulting
subsequent
an
subduction
subduction
exposed
at
zone
and m a y
tholeitie
ensialic
volcanism
back-are
the
and
basin
northern
the
be s i t u a t e d
north
of
arc
could
the
in
the
quartzites have
associated
edge
volcanic
occurred
marked
with
the
southward
West-African
associated
and
with
craton.
it
are
not
of the A t l a s .
2) E x p a n s i o n As basin
expansion
and
pelites result that
a
were of
deposited.
seaward
more
produced
(Vlaar
and
at
The
1976, situation
lithosphere
marginal of
midocean
a
is s u b d u c t e d
crust
probably
lithosphere the
Wortel
such
oceanic
shelf
migration
oceanic
amount
1980),
proceeded,
continental
basin
subduction
was
consumed
and
is
to
fast and
may
trench
as
the
a
fact
than
by s e v e r a l
where
PIIa
seen
to
England
occur
marginal the
be
due
the
1978,
the
which
trench in
Atwater
in
on
As d i s c u s s e d
likely
easily,
formed
expansion
the
ridge.
Molnar
was
existed
the
authors
and old
Wortel oceanic
steeply
dipping.
trench
becomes
younger,
subduction
angle
3) C o m p r e s s i o n As
the
subduction decrease. reached produced the
oceanic process
After that at
as the
marginal
a
lithosphere will
slow
certain
much
basin
period
oceanic
midocean
at
the
down
and
of
the
time
then,
lithosphere
ridge.
increases
As
is
a
a consequence,
and
expansion
situation
consumed
in
as
lateral the
the will
will
the
be
amount
pressure
marginal
on
basin
ceases. Due
to
volcanism
the
is
West-African subduction and
decreasing
shifted
continent.
volcanism
keratophyres
subduction
southward
may
In be
associated
the
over
angle the
marginal
represented with
the
by
the
focus
of
marginal
basin
basin,
this
the
ophiolite
calcalkaline towards
preteotonic
trondhjemites, suite.
A
the
spilltes
mechanism
for
75
N
/
a. Rifting (788+9 m.y.)
Expansion P[!c Plla PIIb
0phiolie~en
ion (724+50 m.y.) PII-III
e. ~ l ~ s i ~
T~Post-collision
volcanism (PIII)
Jbal ~oho
g. Transgression (Cambrian- Infra-Canbrian)
Fig. 8: Plate tectonic evolution of the Atlas during the Panafrican Orogeny
76
generating (Arth
trondhjemitic
]979;
nebu]itic ]98]).
Payne
of
tholeitic
fluids
rising
basin.
The
the
thus, in
the
ash
obduction
volcanic
the
have
tuffs
of
of t h o l e i t i c
slab
by
due
subducted
to
the
and
Amsemsa
volcanism
occurrence
of
marginal
pelitic
(Pllc)
may have
partial
influx
the
the
of
(Leblanc
by
an
below
in
(PIla)
gabbro
area
generated
crust
intercalations
Jbal
the
Bou-Azzer been
oceanic
formation
subduction
melting
supported in
may
the
oceanic
shelf
flow
shifting
is
rocks
gabbros
from
partial
1979)
magmas,
calcalkaline
subaerial
by
similar
continental
southward before
up
Strong
in
Trondhjemitic
melting
of
and
textures
magmas
series
pretectonie
show
reached
that
the
the
continent
started.
4) O b d u c t i o n As
obduction
calcalkaline that the
the
obduction
contact
due
to
this
magmatie
over
The
the
shelf
residual
The
Oued
and
The
as
movement
absorbed
by
calcalkaline lubricant
a
in
for
trondhjemitic
by
the
appearance is
not
to
the
marginal
of
unlikely
the w e a k e n i n g
continental
have
facies
the
generated
basin
of
lithosphere
pressure
been
at
the
in
the
ophiolites
were
marking
the
metamorphism
been
overriding
the
in
the
south
of
the
to the
absorbed
marginal
strike-slip magmatism. strike-slip magmas.
is
caused
by
ophiolite
between and
about
tectonics
result
was
distance the n o r t h
for the o r i g i n a l
relative
movement of
initiated
and
response
may have
north-south
strike-slip
obduction
it
could
and
first
shelf.
the
the O u r i k a
a minimum
interpreted
this
zone
of
was
In
planes
formation heat
Assemlil
considered
of
activity.
contact
the margin,
frictional slab
heating
(cfr.
Woodcock
ophiolitic
m~langes
1977).
maximum
of E 1 H a r a
plate
fact, oceanic
greenschist-amphibolite
and Eobertson
and
in
thrust
after
continental
the
the c o n t i n e n t a l
continental and
weak
the
between
trench,
mechanically
shortly
at
process,
zone
subduetion
thrust
started
volcanism
70
active
by
movements Granitic movements
in
magmas while
I).
this
plate.
the
of
of
thus
area may
thrusting
may
be
oceanic
was
be
oceanic
component plate
and
component
was
weakened have
may
the
normal
tangential
the
This
period
The the
Imghlay
width.
component
subduction while
(Fig.
basin
in
continental
of T i f f a d i n e ,
km
marginal
tangential
basin,
the
those
by
served
the as
lubricated
a by
77
5)
Collision
(PII-I]I)
Obduction collision
the
subduction,
plate
during
the
After as
well.
The
the
of
As one
that
the
have
meant
movements.
As
The
7)
has
Marine In
the
and
areas
of
be
Late
the the
deposited The
a
oceanic
high
to
be
on
the
zone
was
sedimentation
lithosphere associated
pre-collision due
to
the
strike-slip
the
continued with
it
volcanics
intensive
between
the
is
as the
erosion
in
the
of
in t h i s
period,
crust
during
continental against
strike-slip
strike-slip tectonics
may
zones.
Lower-PIII
tectonic outside
tectonics
resistance
focus
weaker
plate sought
of
higher
Precambrian,
Adoudounian Anti-Atlas later
numerous
formations 1960,
collision
and
and
model.
and A
Upper-PIII
possible
is
not
explanation
Morocco.
transgression
Atlas
were
this to
had
pressure
the
volcanism
thickening
towards
unconformity
probably
and
the
obduction
component
faulting
the
the
of
consequence,
elsewhere
by
by
and
component
zone.
disappearance
a
of
with
may
explained
normal
normal
consequence,
reverse
intercalations
argue
shifted
absorbed
a
calcalkaline
collision
have
the
untill
(PIII)
difference
the
fragment
increased
subduction the
collision
for
can
and
detritic
uplifted
continental collision
entire As
the
volcanism
main
abundance
continued
was
the
have
explain
collision,
before
before
probably
PIJ-III.
Post-collision
just
northern
alone.
may
may
basin
movement
collision
margin This
the
Whereas
subduction
continental
6)
between
after
by
uplifted.
marginal
continent.
relative
absorbed
rates
the
occurred
West-African of
of
et
1961,
Van
Viland
1972)
show
that
craton
was
still
High
the
calcalkaline
(Boudda
Choubert
active.
marine
sediments and
during
Proust
a
transgression
were
deposited.
Atlas,
Middle
In
first
over
the
marine
the
northern sediments
Cambrian.
volcanic 1972,
the
came
intercalations
Buggisch
Looy
1980-1985,
Van
the
subduction
zone
1986,
Pouit
Guestaine north
in
of
et
the
et
Van
the
marine
Jouravski Looy
1983,
West-African
78
I. A
new
stratigraphic
Precambrian The
applicable
stratigraphic
three
classification
facies
in
in
the
are
shales
and
applied different 3.
In
reinterpret
quartzite
addition
the
to
oceanic
(Plla),
facies
4. All g n e i s s e s the
gneissified
of the
by
strike-slip
tectonics m~lange.
from
Precambrian
the
towards 5. For a
the
m e l t i n g of subducted
is
the
I,
of
in
facies in
a
as
l'Anti-Atlas", the
Oued
They
they
mafic
and
Panafrican
be
called
is
accepted
the
by
may
position
to be
formation,
contain
disrupted
generally
Assemlil,
interpreted platform
such
thus in
an
changed
the
past,
II. associated to
with
explain
with
the
as
them,
ophiolites,
their
by
are
genesis
influx of
well
as
thus
with
the
partial
fluids
the
from
spilites
interpreted
in an o c e a n i c
e x p l a i n e d by
associated
of
the A n t i - A t l a s
i n v o l v i n g an
trondhjemites
The P a n a f r i c a n o r o g e n y i s marginal basin
PIIa
therefore,
of s u b d u c t i o n v o l c a n i s m
n o r t h e r n edge
are
known
shelf
recognized
de
are
stratigraphic
manifestation
a
is
ophiolite
associated
the
with
position
volcanics
gneisses,
keratophyres
of
quartzites
criteria
continental
obduction. an
proposed
The
the
activity
of
tholeitic gabbros plate.
PII-
associated
These
calcalkaline
Imghlay
and,
trondhjemites
mechanism
Plla
stratigraphic
Hara gneisses,
Their
the P r e c a m b r i a n
between
"accident m a ~ e u r
of
ophiolitic
Precambrian
I,
III.
faulting.
and
ophiolite
fragments
blocks.
as well.
equivalents
ultramafic
Atlas
the
in the A n t i - A t l a s .
volcanic
and E1
for
Precambrian
quartzites
correct
(Pllb)
and
Ourika
metamorphic
reverse the
(PIIc)
north
detritic
PIl-III
pretectonic
Tamazight
Tiffadine,
6.
the
facies
a
High
Eburnean
distinguish and
formations
pretectonic
continental
as
to
dolomites,
synsedimentary
to
II,
proposed
and
an
volcanic Precambrian
proposed
a s s o c i a t e d with
Anti-Atlas
comprises
Precambrian
III and a c a l c a l k a l i n e 2. C r i t e r i a
all
sequence
is
a
and as
a
facies.
creation
and c l o s u r e
s o u t h w a r d s u b d u c t i o n below
West-African craton.
An
e v o l u t i o n of
e x p a n s i o n t o w a r d s c o m p r e s s i o n was c o u p l e d w i t h s o u t h w a r d s h i f t i n g of s u b d u c t i o n c l o s u r e of
volcanism
the m a r g i n a l
due
to a d e c r e a s i n g
basin
resulted
s u b d u c t i o n angle.
in o p h i o l i t e
obduction
The and
79
finally
in
collision
the W e s t - A f r i c a n
of
the
northern
continental
fragment
with
continent.
Acknowledgements This paper has been the subject of a Ph.D. thesis at the Katholieke Universiteit Leuven in Belgium. It w o u l d not have been p o s s i b l e w i t h o u t the help of Prof. D.E. Vogel, the thesis promotor, who has been c o n d u c t i n g and s t i m u l a t i n g g e o l o g i c a l research work in the A n t i - A t l a s and H i g h - A t l a s for the last 13 years until his u n t i m e l y decease on May 18th 1986. His enthusiasm and the stimulating d i s c u s s i o n s with him are h i g h l y a p p r e c i a t e d by the author.
.R...e.!e.r.~ n_~ .e..~ Arth
J.G. 1979. Some trace elements in trondhjemites. Their implications to magma genesis and p a l a e o t e c t o n i c setting. In: Trondhjemites, dacites and related rocks (F. Barker), pp. 1 2 3 132.
Boudda A. et C h o u b e r t G. 1972. Sur la limite Marco. C.R.Acad. Sc. Paris, 275, D, 5-8.
inf~rieure
Brabers P.M. 1986. Een p l a a t t e c t o n i s c h model voor de o r o g e n e s e in de Anti-Atlas, Marokko. Ph.D. thesis U n i v e r s i t e i t Leuven.
du C a m b r i e n
au
Panafrikaanse - Katholieke
B u g g i s c h W. 1986. The L o w e r - C a m b r i a n of the Anti-Atlas: facies and p a l a e o g e o g r a p h y . Workshop: O r o g e n y on c o n t i n e n t a l margins, Berlin 19/2/1986. Charlot R. 1982. Caract~risation des ~v~nements panafricains dans l'Anti-Atlas marocain. Apport g ~ o c h r o n o l o g i q u e Rb/Sr. N.M.Serv. G ~ o l . M a r o c 313.
~burn~ens et de la m ~ t h o d e
Choubert G. et T e r m i e r G. 1951. Les c a l c a i r e s p r ~ c a m b r i e n s de Taghdout et leurs o r g a n i s m e s p r o b l ~ m a t i q u e s . N.M.Serv. G ~ o l . M a r o c 85, 9-33. Chouhert G., F a u r e - M u r e t A., G a u t h i e r H., H i n d e r m e y e r J., H o l l a r d H. 1960. Carte g ~ o l o g i q u e du flanc nord de l'Anti-Atlas Central dans la r~gion de O u a r z a z a t e (I/I00.000). Choubert G,, Faure-Muret A., g ~ o l o g i q u e de la plaine des
Morin Zenaga
C h o u b e r t G. 1963. H i s t o i r e g @ o l o g i q u e N.M.Serv. G ~ o l . M a r o c 162.
P., Hollard (I/I00.000). du
precambrien
H.
de
1961.
Carte
l'Anti-Atlas.
C o l e m a n R.G. and Donato M.M. 1979. Oceanic p l a g i o g r a n i t e revisited. In: Trondhjemites, dacites and related rocks (F.Barker), pp 149168. E n g l a n d P. and Wortel R. 1980. Some c o n s e q u e n c e s young slabs. E.P.S.L. 47, 403-415.
of
the
subduction
of
Leblanc M. et Lancelot J.R. 1980. Interpretation g~odynamique du d o m a i n e p a n a f r i c a i n de l ' A n t i - A t l a s (Marco) ~ partir de donnees g 4 o l o g i q u e s et g ~ o c h r o n o l o g i q u e s . Can. J.E.Sc. 17, I, 142-155.
80
Leblanc M. cobalt
1981. Ophiolites pr~cambriennes (Bou-Azzer, Maroc). N.M.Serv. Geol.
et g~tes ars~ni~es Maroc 280.
de
M o l n a r P. and A t w a t e r T. 1978. Interarc s p r e a d i n g and C o r d i l l e r a n t e c t o n i c s as a l t e r n a t e s r e l a t e d to the age of s u b d u c t e d o c e a n i c lithosphere. E.P.S.L, 41, 330-340. Pouit
G. et J o u r a v s k i G. 1960. Le g i s e m e n t de m a n g a n e s e de Isdid (r4gion de l'Ounein, H a u t - A t l a s ) . Mines et G ~ o l o g i e 30.
Tizi-nII, 21-
Payne
J.G. and Strong D.F. 1979. Origin of the Twillingate t r o n d h j e m i t e , N o r t h - C e n t r a l N e w f o u n d l a n d : p a r t i a l m e l t i n g in the roots of an island arc. In: T r o n d h j e m i t e s , d a c i t e s and r e l a t e d rocks (Barker F.), pp 489-516.
Proust F. 1961. Etude s t r a t i g r a p h i q u e , p e t r o g r a p h i q u e et s t r u c t u r a l e du Bloc O r i e n t a l du M a s s i f A n c i e n du H a u t - A t l a s (Maroc). Th~se de d o c t o r a t - U n i v e r s i t 4 de M o n t p e l l i e r . Saunders A.D., Tarney J., Stern C.R., Dalziel J.W.D. 1979. G e o c h e m i s t r y of M e s o z o i c m a r g i n a l basin floor. Igneous rocks from s o u t h e r n Chili. Geol.Soc. Am. Bull. part I, 90, 37-258. V a n g u e s t a i n e M. et Van Looy J. 1983. A c r i t a r c h e s du C a m b r i e n Moyen de la v a l l ~ e de T a c h e d d i r t (Haut-Atlas, Maroc) dana le cadre d ' u n e n o u v e l l e z o n a t i o n du Cambrien. Ann. Soc. G e o l . B e l g i q u e T.I06, 6985. Van Looy J . 1 9 8 0 . S t r a t i g r a f i e en p a l e o n t o l o g i e van de P a l e o z o i s c h e s e d i m e n t a i r e g e s t e e n t e n van h e t dal van T a c h e d d i r t ( B o g e A t l a s , Marokko). L i c e n t i a a t s t h e s i s - K a t h o l i e k e U n i v e r s i t e i t Leuven.
Van
Looy J. 1985. Het kaartblad Tazenakht Marokko. Kartering, lithostratigrafie, P r e c a m b r i u m tot Tremadoc.
Viland J.C. 1972. Lea m i n 4 r a l i s a t i o n s G ~ o l o g i e 36, 5-32.
1/100.000 Anti-Atlas, biostratigrafie van
cuprif~res
de
Tanfit.
Mines
Vlaar N.J. and Wortel M.J.R. 1 9 7 6 . L i t h o s p h e r i o a g i n g , i n s t a b i l i t y s u b d u c t i o n . T e c t o n o p h y s i c s 32, 331-351.
et
and
W o o d c o c k N.H. and R o b e r t s o n A.H.F. 1977. O r i g i n s of some o p h i o l i t e r e l a t e d m e t a m o r p h i c rocks of the "Tethyan" belt. Geol. 5, 373376.
THE PRECAMBRIAN/CAMBRIAN BOUNDARY IN THE ANTI-ATLAS (MOROCCO) DISCUSSION AND NEW RESULTS Wemer Buggisch and Erik FI0gel Institut f0r Geologie, Universit&t Erlangen-N0rnberg, SchloBgaden 5, D-8520 Erlangen and Institut for Pal~tontologie, Universit~_tErlangen-N0rnberg, Loewenichstr. 28, D-8520 Erlangen
Abstract Controversial theories of the age of the Latest Precambrian and Early Cambrian are discussed based on published radiometric and paleontological data. New fossil findings of calcareous algae
(Kundatia composita KORDE) in the
S~rie des calcaires inferieurs give evidence of the Early Cambrian age of the Lower Adoudounien, which was formerly correlated with the Latest Precambrian.
Introduction The basement of the Anti-Atlas consists of Precambrian rock-units with multiple deformation and metamorphism. The stratigraphy of the basement is still under discussion (CHOUBERT 1963; CLAUER et al. 1982; LEBLANC & LANCELOT 1980) and will not be dealt with in this paper. The Panafrican Orogeny affected the Anti-Atlas during the Late Precambrian. The Precambrian metamorphics are unconformably overlain by sequences which can be interpreted as molasse of the Panafrican Orogeny: the S~rie d'Ouarzazate in the central Anti-Atlas and the S6rie d'Anezi in the anticline of Kerdous in the western AntiAtlas. These sequences are characterized by coarse-grained, padly volcano-detritic sediments and andesitic to rhyolitic volcanic rocks and ignimbrites. The molasse sediments locally grade either conformably or with low angular discordance into the overlying sediments of the 'Adoudounien' which overlap the older Precambrian rocks of the Anti-Atlas. The ages of the S6rie d'Ouarzazate and of the Adoudounien are under discussion as well. These units were established by CHOUBERT (1952; 1963) and the lithostratigraphic succession is still generally accepted by most geologists.
Middle Cambrian:
Schistes & Paradoxides Niveau d'Ourmast
Lower Cambrian: (G~orgien)
Gr(~s terminaux Complexe schisteux S6rie schisto-calcaires S6rie des calcaires sup~rieurs
'lnfracambrian': (Adoudounien)
S~rie lie de vin S~rie des calcaires inf~rieurs (S6rie de base)
'Precambdan II1':
Serie d'Ouarzazate
Tab. 1. Lithostratigraphic succession of the Latest Precambrian and Early Cambrian in the Anti-Atlas after CHOUBERT (1952; 1963).
82
During the Adoudoun~en and G~orgien the sea prograded with two regressive megacycles from the region of Agadir into the Guff of Anti-Atlas. Except for a short regression during the Upper Cambrian, a marine environment prevailed in the Anti-Atlas from the Middle Cambdan to the Lower Carboniferous. Geochemical analyses of lavas and pyroclastics intercalated in the S@rie des calcaires inf@rieurs south of Tazenakht indicate an intracontinental volcanism with affinities to the analytical data of the Afra volcanics (GASSN ER 1986). Therefore, the transgression of the Adoudounien sea was probably combined with the subsidence of an 'Anti-Atlas-Graben' (aulacogen linked with the Japetus Ocean?). During the H e r c y n i a n O r o g e n y, the sedimentary sequences of the central Anti-Atlas were hardly affected by deformation; the 'metamorphism' did not exceed the stage of diagenesis. The Lower Paleozoic strata of the western Anti-Atlas, however, show increasing strain and metamorphism (see BUGGISCH, this volume).
Discussion of previous work Although the lithostratigraphy has been generally accepted, the theories on the stratigraphic correlation of the S~rie d'Ouarzazate and the Adoudounien diverge considerably. The first biostratigraphical subdivision based on trilobites was established by HUPE (1952). New fossils - archaeocyathids (DEBAENNE & DEBRENNE 1978) and trilobites (SDZUY 1978) verified the Lower Cambrian age of the G#orgien (upper part of the S~de des calcaires sup~rieurs to Gr~s terminaux). The Adoudounien was hence regarded to be older than the Lower Cambrian. Therefore, the Adoudoudien and the S~rie d'Ouarzazate were assigned to the 'Infracambrian' and to the Precambrian 111. The first r a d i o m e t r i c d a t i n g of volcanics from the S@ried'Ouarzazate and of rhyolites from the High Atlas revealed K/At-ages of 315 ma and 215 ma and scattered Rb/Sr whole-rock ages with a mean value of about 420 - 430 ma (JUREY et al. 1974). These radiometric ages were obviously rejuvenated because the strata are conformably overlain by fossiliferous Lower Cambrian sediments. U/Pb dating of zircons from magmatic rocks - previously assumed to be of 'Late Precambdan' or 'lnfracambrian' age - revealed unexpectedly young ages. Geochronological correlations by different authors are summarized in Tab. 2 and Fig. 1 ;new data from the literature (after 1974) will be discussed below (numbers refer to Fig. 1): (1)An U/Pb zircon age of 615 _+ 12 ma was determined for the granodiorite of Bleida, which corresponds to the time of emplacement (LEBLANC & LANCELOT 1980). In relation to the older Precambdan basement the intrusion is postkinematic. It predates the deformation which affected the Precambrian 113. (2) CLAUER (1974) and CLAUER & LEBLANC (1977) established a Rb/Sr age of 623 _+ 18 ma (recalculated by DUCROT & LANCELOT, 1977) for the fraction < 21~mof metapelites of the Precambrian 113.This age is interpreted as the age of the very low grade to low grade metamorphism during the Panafrican Orogeny. (3) A Rb/Sr whole-rock age of 618 + 22 ma was determined for trachytes at the base of the Sede d'Ouarzazate (YAZID11976: after CLAUER et al. 1982, recalculated). (4) The 'ignimbrite 3' of the upper part of the S@rie d'Ouarzazate revealed an U/Pb zircon age of 563 +_ 10 ma. The Rb/Sr whole-rock age of the ignimbdtes is about 489.4:.18 ma (MIFDAL & PE UCAT t 985). (5) The 'ignimbrite complex 5' of the S@rie d'Ouarzazate yielded an U/Pb zircon age of 586 +- 20 ma (or 574 + 5 ma). The discordance of the age increases with the decreasing grain size of the analyzed zircons (MIFDAL & PEUCAT1985).
83
(6)
Subvolcanic rocks of the S~rie d'Ouarzazate were dated by BENZIANE (1974: after CLAUER et aL 1982,
recalculated). A Rb/Sr whole-rock age of 573 _+21 ma was determined. (7)
An U/Pb zircon age of 534 _+ 10 ma was established by DUCROT et al. (1976; recalculated by DUCROT &
LANCELOT 1977) from the syenite of the Jebel Boho (= Alougoum). The Rb/Sr whole-rock age is on the order of 310_+10ma. Western Anti-Atlas: Several rocks from the lfni anticline (dome-like structure = 'boutonniere') range between 660 and 554 ma ( J E A N E ~ E & TISSERANT 1977). CHARLOT (1976) reported a Rb/Sr whole-rock age of 530 _+ 10 ma (not recalculated) in sampled from the postkinematic Tafraoute granite of the Kerdous anticline. BQNHOMME &
N
S I I R m
z.-~c, z
Fig, 1. Schematic section across the central Anti-Atlas during the Lower Cambrian (not to scale). Units A to C according LEBLANC & LANCELOT (1980),
Series a f t e r CHOUBERT 1952;1953 G
calcaires de bose
Etage d' Amouslek
BOUDDA et al. 1979
BOUKHAR[ et al. 1979
AmousEekien
G~,orgien 570 - 500 m.a.
C B A
caicaires sup~rieurs fie de vin calcaires in f~rieurs s
Adoudoun{en (: Infracambrian}
S&rie d'0uarzazate
Precambrian Ill
Pre cambrian older
II
Tioutien Taliouinien ...... 550- 680 m. a. Adoudounien
Taiiouinie~ Adoudounien
800 - 900 m.a. , Precambrian III
Precambrian III
DESTOMBES et al. 1985 slate and limestone Formation Upper limestone Fro. lie de vin Fm, lower limestone and dolomite Formation Precambrian III
lO00m.a. Precambrian II
Precambrian II3
]
Precambrian I13 1450m.a,
Pre
c ambria
n
basement
Tab. 2, Subdivision and correlation of the Uppermost Precambrian and Early Cambrian according to several authors (Ato G compare with Fig. 1).
84
HASSENFORDER (1985) analyzed the fraction < 2p.m from the pelites of the Precambrian and the Adoudounien. Rb/Sr ages are scattered between 371 + 8 and 364_+24 ma; K/Ar ages range from 357 + 9 to 291 + 7 ma. CHOUBERT et al. always questioned the credibility of the radiometric data (CHOUBERT & FAURE-MURET 1971 ; 1977; CHOUBERT et al. 1979; BOUDDA et al. 1979). They favored an earlier age for the Precambrian, the S@rie d'Ouarzazate and the Adoudounien (Tab. 2) based on compared successions and paleoclimatologic and paleontologic arguments.
Paleontologic arguments SDZUY (1978) described olenellid trilobites (Eofallotaspis) from
the Sede des calcaires sup@rieurs of the
western Anti-Atlas (-Rout). He correlated this fauna with the lowermost Atdabanian of the Siberian platform. In the High Atlas the oldest trilobites were found immediately above the lie de vin facies, but the lithostratigraphic units of the High Atlas and the Anti-Atlas cannot be compared with complete certainty for the reason that they are separated by the Atlas boundary fault. Based on the same trilobites, BOUDDA et al. (1979) correlated the S@rie lie de vin (Taliouinian) with the 'Riph@en terminal = Vendian'. The S@rie des calcaires sup@rieurs was compared with the Tommotian, the 'Niveau de Rout' containing Eofallotaspis was regarded to represent transition beds and the S~de schisto-calcaires was correlated with the Atdabanian. DEBRENNE & DEBRENNE (1978) argued against these correlations on the basis of archaeocyathids found 10m above the first trilobites in the same section (Tiout). They compared the upper S@rie de calcaires sup~rieurs with the Atdabanian, but not with the lower Atdabanian. According to these authors the Precambrian/Cambrian boundary ranges lower in the section. Stromatolites from the S6rie lie de vin and the S@rie des calcaires sup@rieurs were described by SCHMITT (1978; 1979). Based on these stromatolites, SCHMI]q- correlated the S@rie lie de vin with the Vendian to Riphean III. This correlation was clearly contradicted by BERTRAND-SAFATI (1981) due to the fact that SCHMITT had neglected all the arguments for a Cambrian dating: the abundant algal bioherms of thrombolites and Renalcisand Epiphyton-like microstructures. According to TIMOVEIEV (in CHOUBERT et al. 1979), acritarchs are evidence of a Middle Riphean age for the Precambrian 113and an Upper Riphean age for the S@ried'Ouarzazate and the Adoudounien. Based on analyses of amino-acids, PRASHNOVSKY (in CHOUBERT & FAURE-MURET 1977) estimated the age of the S@riedes calcaires inf@deursat 700 - 800 ma.
Paleoclimatological arguments The regressive facies of the S@rie lie de vin was explained by glacio-eustatic sea-level changes in conjunction with the Varanger glaciation (CHOUBERT & FAURE-MURET 1977; BOUKHARI et al. 1979; BOUDDA et al. 1979). MONNINGER (1979: PI. 17, Fig. 6) even thought he had found pseudomorphs after ice crystals in thin sections of the S~rie lie de vin (the pseudomorphs are probably due to Ca-sulfates). However, in contrast to the glaciationmodel, all the distinctive features indicate a hot and dry climate and a frequently hypersaline environment: casts of halite, stromatolites and red beds. New data and fossil findings Complete sections of the Adoudounien were studied E of the road from Tazenakht to Foum Zguid at the SW margin of the El Graara anticline (GASSNER 1986). These sections expose the marginal facies of the Adoudounien which is strongly influenced by volcanism (Fig. 2).
85
W
E
coJcalres de bose
[~
algae
S~rie des colcaires sup&rieur
[~
trilobites
[~
limestones
[~
dolostones
S~rie lie de vin
siltstones
sandstones
S6rie des
[~
conglomerates
[~
volcanic rocks
calcaires inf~rieur 100 m
S~rie d' Ouarzazate
5o L 0
Fig. 2. Columnar sections of the Adoudounien at the SW margin of the Bou Azzer- El Graara anticline. Distance between the two sections about 4 km (after GASSNER 1986).
The S6rie d'Ouarzazate predominantly consists of rhyolites, ignimbdtes, tufts and conglomerates. The deposition of the Adoudounien begins above a minor unconformity and contains thin-bedded partly dolomitic red mudstones and siltstones. Poorly sorted greywackes are intercalated. They contain volcanic lithoclasts of acid and intermediate composition and marginally resorbed quartz grains. These basal beds are overlain by massive dark conglomerates with clasts of ignimbrites, rhyolites and quartz within a dolomitic matrix. Typical stromatolitic carbonates were deposited above this first unit of the S~rie des calcaires inf~deurs. Owing to the lava-flows and volcanoclastics, they can be subdivided into a lower and an upper dolomite sequence. Distinct algal structures were found within the lower dolomite sequence of the S~rie des calcaires inf6deurs. The S~rie lie de vin is exposed in the 'gr6s de Tikirt' facies. It is overlain by the S6rie des calcaires sup~rieurs containing thrombolites, oolites and early trilobites in the upper part.
Lower Cambrian Calcareous Algae Distinct algal structures occur in sample X 1 ci. D e s c r i p t i o n: The algal structures are represented by calcareous micritic areas (maximum dimension 10 mm x 20 mm) which contain tubular elements (Plate 1, Figs. 6,8). The outline of the structures is irregularly lobate. The lumina of the tubes are tilled with sparry calcite and surrounded by differentiated, concentric micrite zones which include very small spar-filled cells (Plate 1, Fig. 5). Longitudinal sections show inflated 'tubes' (Plate 1, Fig. 7); tangential and oblique sections exhibit peripheral spine-like processes which are sometimes truncated (Plate 1, Figs. 3, 5). Some tubes are constricted, some are
86
subdivided by densely spaced, bent and thin micritic partitions. The following pattern can be recognized within the 'wall' of the tubes (starting with the innermost part): a) a verythin black and undifferentiatied micrite zone bordering the lumina of the tubes (Plate 1, Fig. 3); b) a zone (width up to 35 p.m) with closely spaced or isolated cross-sections of cells which may occur in one or two layers (Plate 1, Fig. 2). The diameter of the cells is between 12 and 20 ~Lm;larger cells are found in the outer layer; c) a variably thick, very irregularly bounded zone exhibiting irregular concentric laminations and also isolated cells (diameter up to 15 tLtm). This zone consists of up to five lamellae which are characterized by alternating thin micritic or pelmicritic layers and sparry layers in between. This marginal zone is gray in transmitted light. Quartz-grains incorporated within this zone indicate a weaker calcification than in the central zones. The inner diameter of the tubes varies between 100 and 240 pm. D i s c u s s i o n:
The existence of cell structures, differentiated according to size and distribution, as well as the
tubular pattern indicates the algal nature of these structures. The algae were sometimes strongly calcified. The first occurrence of calcareous algae is known near the base of the Tommotian (RIDING & VORONOVA, 1984). The Cambrian algal flora is domintated by cyanophyceans and possible chlorophyceans (CHUVASHOV & RIDING 1984) which can be attributed to six morphological groups (RIDING & VORONOVA 1985). A classification of the alga described using these groups is not possible because of the occurrence of characteristics typical of the dendritic, tubiform and the tuberous form groups. The morphological classification does not embrace all Cambrian algae. This is also true for Kundatia composita KORDE, 1973 - a species considered to be a red alga. The criteria of this species correspond to the criteria of the alga described with regard to the differentiation of the thallus, the morphology and distribution of the cells, as well as the size of the cells. The species is characterized by encrusfing thalli with chain-like cells arranged along the axis of the thalli (corresponding to the 'tubes'). A g e:
Kundatiacomposita KORDE has been described until now only from the Bagradskian Horizon of the Lower
Cambrian. The species was found near the river Kiya in the Alatau region, Kuznets basin. Together with Kundatia the following species occur: Kordephyton crinitum (KORDE), Epiphyton leptosum, Razumovskia sp., Renalcis sp. and Siphonomorpha sp.. According to RIDING & VORONOVA (1984: Fig. 2) the first occurrence of Kordephyton in Siberia and Mongolia is Tommotian Ill, of Epiphyton Tommotian II, of Razumovskia Middle Atdabanian (perhaps Lower Atdabanian), and of Renalcis Nemakitdaldynian (a time interval prior to Tommotian). The Bagradskian horizon is attributed to the higher Lower Cambrian by KORDE (1971: p. 86); it forms the upper unit of the Aldanskian Group. The Bagradskian horizon overlies limestones with archaeocyathids.
Plate 1 : Lower Cambrian Algae, Anti-Atlas
Kundatia composita KORDE. East of the road Tazenakht to Foum Zguid, southwestern margin of the El Graara anticline. Sample X lci from the lower dolomite sequence of the S~rie des calcaires inf6rieurs. Fig. 1. Fig. 2. Fig. 3. Fig. 4. Fig. 5. Fig. 6. Fig. 7. Fig. 8.
Cross-section. The wall of the algal tube consists of micrite with closely spaced small cells (arrow). x 42 Cross-section, exhibiting closely-spaced cells occurring in two layers. Larger cells are concentrated within the outer layer, x 70 Cross-section with spine-like projections (arrow). x 70 Several 'tubes' with differentiated walls. Oblique and longitudinal sections of the ceils are indicated by arrows, x 42 Cross-section. Concentrical wall structure and truncated spine-like projections, x 70 Algal thallus with cross-sections and longitudinal sections of 'tubes', separated by dark, inhomogenous micrite, x 10 Cross-section and longitudinal section, showing inflated 'tubes' (arrow = x 30 Algal thallus with irregularly distributed 'tubes' surrounded by concentrical wall structures, x 10
87
88
Algae, most probably identical with Kundatia, are also known from the Lower Cambrian of Sardinia: SELG (1985) and BECHSTADT et al. (1985) describe algal/archaeocyathid reef limestones from the Matoppa Member of the Nebida Formation in southwestern Sardinia (upper Atdabanian). A re- investigation of the thin-sections shows that these limestones yield archaeocyathids together with algae of the Kundatia type, Epiphyton, Renalcis and
Razumovskia.
Conclusions In summarizing all the radiometric data, the following interpretation appears to be reasonable: The intrusion of the granodiorite of Bleida (615 + 12 ma) predates the last strong deformation which affected the central Anti-Atlas. This deformation is more or less of the same age a~ the veFy low grade to low grade metamorphism which affected the sediments of the Precambrian 113 (623 +_18 ma). Therefore, the age of this deformation is about 620 ma (602 627 ma) which can be correlated with the Panafrican Orogeny of the Pharusian Chains (Ahaggar: ALLEGRE & CABY 1972). During the postorogenetic crustal extension, the molasse basins of the Ouarzazate and Anezi subsided along synsedimentary faults. These troughs were filled with conglomerates, volcanic and subvolcanic rocks between 618 + 22 and 563 + 10 ma. In the western Anti-Atlas intrusions continued up to 530 + 10 ma (granite of Tafraoute). The syenite of the Jebel Boho (534 + 10 ma) is intercalated in the S~rie des calcaires inf@rieurs (formerly 'lnfracambrian'). Therefore, the correct interpretation of the age of this syenite (syngenetic or later intrusion?) is difficult. Most of the Rb/Sr whole-rock ages were obviously rejuvenated. The rejuvenation in the western Anti-Atlas can be explained by the Hercynian metamorphism (360-290 ma). However, the temperature did never exceed the 300 o C isotherme in the central Anti-Atlas (see BUGGISCH, this volume). This contradicts the views of LEBLANC & LANCELOT (1980) and ODIN et al. (1983). Probably devitrification and alteration were important factors for the rejuvenation in this area. The radiometric age of the Precambrian/Cambrian boundary is still under discussion. ODIN et al. (1983) proposed an age of 520 - 540 ma. If the Precambrian/Cambrian boundary is defined at 570 ma, the radiometric data of the AntiAtlas suggest a correlation of the Adoudounien with the Lower Cambrian. The occurrence of Kundatia composita KORDE in the S@rie des calcaires inf~deurs of the central Anti-Atlas provides evidence of a Lower Cambrian age for the entire Adoudounien. This is in accordance with the U/Pb zircon ages dicusssed above.
References ALLEGRE, C.J. & CABY, R (1972): Chronologie absolue du Pr@cambrien de I'Ahaggar occidental. - C. R. Acad. Sci., 275-D, 2095-2098, Paris BECHST,~DT, T., BONI, M. & SELG, M. (1985): The Lower Cambrian of SW-Sardinia: From a clastic l]dal Shelf to an Isolated Carbonate Platform, Facies, 12, 113-140, PI. 11-13, 5 Figs., Erlangen BERTRAND-SARFATI; J. (1981): Probl@me de la limite Pr@cambrien-Cambrien: la section de Tiout (Maroc); les stromatolites et leur biostratigraphie (SCHMI-FI 1979): critique et observations. - Newsl. Stratigr, 10, 20-26, Berlin BONHOMME, M.G. & HASSENFORDER, B. (1985): Le m~tamorphisme hercynien dans les formations tardi- et post-panafricaines de rAnti-Atlas occidental (Maroc). Donn@es isotopiques Rb/Sr et K/Ar des fractions fines. -Sci. Geol. Bull., 38, 175-183, StraBburg BOUDDA, A., CHOUBERT, G & FAURE-MURET, A. (1979): Essai de stratigraphie de la couverture s@dimentairede rAnti-Atlas: Adoudounien - Cambrien Inf~deur. - Not.
[email protected]. Geol. Maroc, 271,96 pp, Rabat
89
BOUKHARI, A., CHOUBERT, G., FAURE-MURET, A. & TIMOFEIEV, B. (1979): Sur la microflore des couches terminales du Pr~cambrien III et sur rb.ge de I'Adoudounien au Maroc. - C. R. Acad. Sci., 288, 13-14, Paris CHARLOT, R. (1976): The Precambrian of the Anti-Atlas (Morocco): a geochronological synthesis. - Precambrian Res., 3,273-299, Amsterdam CHOUBERT, G. (1952): Histoire g6ologique du domaine de I'Anti-Atlas. - Not. M~m. Serv. Geol. Maroc, 100, 77194, Rabat --
(1963): Histoire g~ologique du Pr~cambrien de rAnti-Atlas. - Not. M6m. Serv. Geol. Maroc, 162,352 pp. ,Rabat
CHOUBERT,
G.
&
FAURE-MURET, A. (1971): Afrique occidental: Socle pr~cambrien et zones mobiles. Anti-Atlas
(Maroc). - UNESCO, Tectonique de I'Afrique, Sci. Terre, 6, 165-175, Paris - - (1977): Difficult~s g~ochronologiques dans le Pr~cambrien de I'Anti-Atlas (Maroc). - C. R. Somm. Soc. Geol. Fr., 2, 72-74, Paris CHOUBERT, G., FAURE-MURET, A. & TIMOFEIEV, B. (1979): Premiers resultats de r~cherche d'Acritarches dans le Pr~cambrien de I'Anti-Atlas. - C. R. Acad. Sci. Pads, 288 D, 191-194, Paris CHUVASHOv, B. & RIDING, R. (1984): Principal Floras of Paleozoic Marine Calcareous algae. - Palaeontology, 27'/3,487-500, 9 Figs., Oxford CLAUER, N. (1974): Utilisation de la m6thode rubidium-strontium pour la datation d'une schistosit~ de s~diments peu m~tamorphis6s: application au Precambrien II de la boutonniere de Bou Azzer-EI Graara (Anti-Atlas, Maroc). - Earth Planet. Sci. Lett., 22,404-412, Amsterdam CLAUER, N. & LEBLANC, M. (1977): Implications stratigraphiques d'une ~tude g~ochronologique Rb-Sr sur m~tas~diments pr~cambriens de Bou Azzer (Anti-Atlas, Maroc). - Not. M~m. Serv. Geol. Maroc, 38, 7-12, Rabat CLAUER, N., CABY, R., JEANETTE, D. & TROMPETE, R. (1982): Geochronology of sedimentary and metasedimentary rocks of the West African Craton. - Precambrian Research, 18, 53-71, Amsterdam DEBRENNE, F. & DEBRENNE, M. (1978): Archaeocyathid fauna of the lowest fossiliferous levels of Tiout (Lower Cambrian, Southern Morocco). - Geol. Mag., 115, 101-119, Cambridge DESTOMBES, J., HOLLARD, H. & WILLEFERT, S. (1985): Lower Paleozoic rocks of West Africa and the western part of central Africa. - In: HOLLAND, C.H. (ed.): Lower Paleozoic rocks of the world, 4, 91-336, Chichester (Wiley) DUCROT, J. & LANCELOT, J. (1977): Probl~me de la limite Pr~cambrien-Cambrien: 6tude radiochronologique par la m6thode U/Pb sur zircons du volcan du Jbel Boho. - Canad. J. Earth Sci., 14,2771-2777, Ottawa DUCROT, J., LANCELOT, J.R. & LEBLANC, M. (1976): Age panafricain de la diorite de Bleida (Anti-Atlas, Maroc) et consequences.- 6e R6un. ann. Sci. Terre, p. 150, Orsay GASSNER, W. (1986): Das Infra- und Unterkambrium am S0dostrand des Pr&kambriumaufbruches von Beu Azzer/EI Graara (Zentraler Anti-Atlas, Marokko). - Unpubl. Dipl. Arb., 92 pp, Erlangen HUPE, P. (1952): Contribution & retude du Cambrien inferieur et du Pr6cambrien III de I'Anti-Atlas marocain. - Not.. M~m. serv. g~ol. Maroc, 103,362 pp, Rabat JEANETTE, D. & TISSERANT, D (1977): Les ~pisodes tectoniques et intrusifs du Pr~cambrien Sup6rieur de I'AntiAtlas occidental. - Estud. Geol., 33,315-326, Madrid JUREY, A., LANCELOT, J.R., HAMET, J., PROUST, F. & ALLEGRE, C.J. (1974): L'&ge des rhyolites du Pr~cambrien Ill du Haut Atlas et le probl#me de la limite Pr~cambrien-Cambrien. - 2e R6un. ann. Sci. Terre, P. 230; Nancy KORDE, K.B. (1971): Vodorosli kembriya. - Akad. nauk SSSR, Trudy paleont, inst., 139,349 pp., 49 PIs., 65 Figs., Moskva (Nauka) LEBLANC, M. & LANCELOT, J.R. (1980): Interpretation g6odynamique du domain panafricain (Pr6cambrien terminal) de I'Anti-Atlas (Maroc) & partir de donn~es g~ologiques et g~ochronologiques. - Can. J. Earth Sci., 17, 142-155, Ottawa MIFDAL, A. & PEUCAT, J.-J. (1985): Datations U-Pb et Rb-Sr du volcanisme acide de I'Anti-Atlas Marocaine et du
90
MIFDAL, A. & PEUCAT, J.-J. (1985): Datations U-Pb et Rb-Sr du volcanlsme acide de I'Anti-Atlas Marocaine et du socle sousjacent dar, s la r~gion de Ouarzazate. Apport au probl~me de la limite Pr~cambrien- Carnbrien. Sci. Geol. Bull., 38, 185-200, Stra6burg MONNINGER, W. (1979): The section of Tiout (Precambrian/Cambrian boundary beds, Anti-Atlas, Morocco): An environmental model.- Arb. Pal&ont. Inst. W0rzburg, 1,289 pp., W0rzburg ODIN, G.S., GALE, M.H., AUVRAY, B., BIELSKI, M., DORE, F., LANCELOT, J.R. & PASTEELS, P. (1983): Numerical dating of Precambrian-Cambdan boundary. - Nature, 301,21-23, London RIDING, R. & VORONOVA (1984): Assemblages of calcareous algae near the Precambrian/Cambrian boundary in Siberia and Mongolia.- Geol. Mag., 121/3,205-210, 3 Figs., London - - & - - (1985): Morphological Groups and Series in Cambrian Calcareous Algae. - I n : TOOMEY, D.F. & NITECKI, M.H. (eds.): Paleoalgology.-56-78, 17 Figs., Berlin-Heidelberg-New York-Tokyo (Springer) SCHMITT, M. (1978): Stromatolites from the Tiout section. Precambrian- Cambrian boundary beds, Anti-Atlas, Morocco.-Geol. Mag., 115, 95-100, Cambridge --
(1979): The section of Tiout (Precambrian/Cambdan boundary beds, Anti-Atlas, Morocco): stromatolites and their biostratigraphy. - Unpubl. Thesis, University WOrzburg
SELG, M. (1985): Die siliziklastisch-karbonatische Wechsellagerung der unterkambrischen Nebida-Formation (SWSardinien): Entstehung einer Karbonat-Plattform. - Unpubl. Thesis, Geowiss. Fak. Univ. Freiburg, 105 pp., 9 PIs., 15 Figs., Freiburg SDZUY, K. (1978): The Precambrian-Cambrian boundary beds in Morocco (preliminary report).- Geol. Mag., 115, 83-94, Cambridge
T h e B a s e o f t h e C a m b r i a n i n Morocco
K. S d z u y & G. Geyer I n s t i t u t ffir Pal{iontologie, U n i v e r s i t i i t W/irzburg, Pleicherwall
1, D - 8 7 0 0 Wiirzburg
Abstract
The
paper
summarizes problems
of d a t i n g s
of L a t e s t
r o c k s of Morocco. The k n o w n p a l a e o n t o l o g i c a l d a t a a r e and
correlatability
of t h e
earliest
trilobites
Precambrian
to
Early
Cambrian
reviewed briefly. C h a r a c t e r i s t i c s
of Morocco
are
discussed. Additional re-
m a r k s c o n c e r n t h e a p p e a r a n c e of h a r d p a r t a n i m a l s a t t h e b e g i n n i n g of t h e C a m b r i a n .
1. I n t r o d u c t i o n
In Morocco Lower C a m b r i a n rock s u c c e s s i o n s a r e c o m p l e t e , well e x p o s e d , r i c h in f o s s i l s , and there
is no b r e a k b e t w e e n
P r e c a m b r i a n a n d C a m b r i a n d e p o s i t s . The h i s t o r i c a l i m -
p o r t a n c e of t h e Moroccan C a m b r i a n b a s e s m a i n l y on p u b l i c a t i o n s of Pierre Hup6. Hup6 erected
a detailed biostratigraphical
scheme based
on t r i l o b i t e s
(Hup6,
1952), a n d h e
p u b l i s h e d a c l a s s i c a l m o n o g r a p h on Lower C a m b r i a n t r i l o b i t e s (Hup6, 1953). He i m p r o v e d t h e l a t t e r in a n i n t e r n a l t h e s i s s t r a t i g r a p h i c a l f r a m e in Hup6,
(Hup6, 1959), w h i c h n e v e r w a s p u b l i s h e d ( r e v i s e d b i o 1960). However, h i s f i r s t m o n o g r a p h led to a n i m p r o v e d
i n t e r n a t i o n a l c o r r e l a t i o n of t h e E a r l y C a m b r i a n a n d i t s p u b l i c a t i o n
c a n be r e g a r d e d a s
t h e b e g i n n i n g of m o d e r n r e s e a r c h on E a r l y C a m b r i a n . Good r e v i e w s on t h e Boudda,
Choubert
h i s t o r y of i n v e s t i g a t i o n s on t h e Moroccan C a m b r i a n a r e g i v e n by
& Faure-Muret
(1979)
and
Hollard
(1985),
respectively.
Although
C a m b r i a n s u c c e s s i o n s a r e k n o w n from t h e Moroccan M e s e t a a s well a s from J b i l e t , High A t l a s
Mountains and
the Anti-Atlas,
t h e l a t t e r b e c a m e "type"
area
t i g r a p h y a n d for b i o s t r a t i g r a p h y of t h e Moroccan E a r l y C a m b r i a n u n t i l
the
for l i t h o s t r a -
t o d a y . T h i s was
i n d u c e d by good o u t c r o p s a s well a s by h u g e r e s e a r c h a c t i v i t y in t h i s r e g i o n , a b o v e all by Georges
Choubert and
lithostratigraphy
Pierre
of t h e f i n a l
Hup6.
Choubert published
Precambrian and
Early
most
important
C a m b r i a n (e.
articles
g. C h o u b e r t ,
on
1942;
C h o u b e r t in Hup6, 1953; C h o u b e r t , 1968). A c c o r d i n g to Hup6 t h e b a s e of t h e C a m b r i a n is m a r k e d by a p p e a r e n c e of a r c h a e o c y a t h a . T r i l o b i t e s were s a i d to a p p e a r s o m e w h a t l a t e r , b u t Hup6 h a d good r e a s o n s to
believe the early trilobites
of Morocco b e i n g d i s t i n c t l y
t h e o l d e s t k n o w n on e a r t h so f a r . L a t e r , t r i l o b i t e s c l e a r l y older t h a n t h o s e from Hup6's o l d e s t z o n e I a n d p r o v i s i o n a l l y r e f e r r e d to a n EofM]otaspis z o n e h e r e i n were d i s c o v e r e d in a s e c t i o n n e a r
T i o u t (Sdzuy,
section.
the section
Therefore
1978), n o t f a r from t h e s e c t i o n of Hup~'s T a z e m m o u r t of T i o u t is t h e one
where most information about
the
92
Precambrian-Cambrian
boundary
in Morocco may be
e x p e c t e d . In
this
p a p e r we will
d i s c u s s p o s s i b i l i t i e s to d a t e t h i s b o u n d a r y using b i o s t r a t i g r a p h i c a l m e t h o d s . We will n o t d i s c u s s l a r g e l y t h e use of r a d i o m e t r y or m a g n e t o s t r a t i g r a p h y b e c a u s e no c l e a r l y r e l i a b l e d a t a are a v a i l a b l e to us. A c t i v i t i e s of t h e Wfirzburg I n s t i t u t e s t a r t e d in 1964, when one of us (K. S.) was i n t r o duced by J. P. S c h a e r (Neuch~tel) to s e v e r a l c l a s s i c a l Cambrian s e c t i o n s of t h e A n t i A t l a s and t h e High A t l a s One of t h e s e a r e a s ,
(e. g. Tizi
n'Tichka, Siksawn region, L e m d a d - O u n e J n area).
t h e Lemdad s y n c l i n e , was s t u d i e d l a t e r by A. Boudda (1968) in a
d i p l o m a - m a p p i n g of t h e Wfirzburg i n s t i t u t e . On l a t e r f i e l d t r i p s a d d i t i o n a l s u c c e s s i o n s were e x a m i n e d and sampled for s h e l l y f a u n a s . Worth m e n t i o n i n g are t h o s e n e a r Aqdz and Bou Azzer in t h e c e n t r a l A n t i - A t l a s . In 1974 W. Monninger and M. Schmitt s t a r t e d field work in t h e Tiout s e c t i o n (comprising all members from t h e Calcaires i n f ~ r i e u r s up to t h e t r i l o b i t e - b e a r i n g h o r i z o n s of Hup~'s zone III), Monninger s t u d y i n g s e d l m e n t o l o g y , Schmitt working on s t r o m a t o l i t e s (Monnlnger & Schmitt,
1975; Monninger
Archaeocyatha (Debrenne,
from
the
1979;
same
Schmitt
section
1975; Debrenne & Debrenne,
1978,
were 1976;
1979a;
Schmitt & Monninger,
collected
and
Debrenne,
studied
1976;
by
F.
1977).
Debrenne
D e b r e n n e & Debrenne,
1978), t r i l o b i t e s by Sdzuy (Sdzuy, 1978; Llfian & Sdzuy, 1978; Sdzuy, 1981). Most of t h e latter
are s t i l l u n d e s c r i b e d .
In 1971
Choubert b r o u g h t
some well p r e s e r v e d t r i l o b i t e s
from below t h e o l d e s t t r i l o b i t e s known to Hup~ from t h e s e c t i o n n e a r Amouslek to t h e a t t e n t i o n of Sdzuy. In 1981
E. B e r n e k e r and t h e j u n i o r a u t h o r s t a r t e d a new campaign of taxonomic, b i o -
stratigraphical
and
palecological
studies
on
Cambrian
faunas,
Berneker
working
on
a r c h e o c y a t h a n s , Geyer mainly on t r i l o b i t e s . S e v e r a l c l a s s i c a l l o c a l i t i e s were r e - s t u d i e d (Lemdad River s e c t i o n , Ounein (Oued Boutergui, Tamguert,
area, Wirgane, Tiout,
Amouslek), new s e c t i o n s e x p l o r e d
A s i f Aouerga in t h e w e s t e r n A n t i - A t l a s ) .
The r e s u l t s are
u n p u b l i s h e d , e x c e p t for a s t u d y on Cambrian molluscs (Geyer, 1986).
2. Rock u n i t s
2a. General r e m a r k s
In Morocco,
there
exist
breakless
s e d i m e n t a r y s e q u e n c e s which
pass
from
Late
Pre-
c a m b r i a n i n t o well d a t e d E a r l y Cambrian. The u s u a l l i t h o s t r a t i g r a p h i c u n i t s of t h e U p p e r P r e c a m b r i a n and t h e Lower Cambrian were c h o s e n in t h e w e s t e r n to c e n t r a l p a r t of the Anti-Atlas
(Choubert, 1942) and are more or l e s s e a s i l y d e l i m i t a b l e in t h i s region.
U n f o r t u n a t e l y a f r e q u e n t c h a n g e of n a m e s and a c a r e l e s s use of l i t h o -
and b i o s t r a t i -
g r a p h i c a l u n i t s led to c o n f u s i o n of t e r m s for many of t h e formations. C h a r a c t e r i s t i c s of t h e rock
u n i t s of i n t e r e s t in t h i s a r t i c l e
are s k e t c h e d
below. For more d e t a i l e d I n -
formation of t h e s e q u e n c e see Boudda e t al. (1979) and Hollard (1985).
93
o
0
~3 0 o o ~
N m
o
~1
~.~
o
¢d
0 • .>
'
o
#
o
N~
i o
0
Q 0
o
o
~._~
0
~
94
2b. Calcaires i n f ~ r i e u r s
The Calcaires i n f ~ r i e u r s (Adoudounien, Choubert, 1958; vs. Boukhari e t al., 1979) are a monotonous complex of a b o u t
1000 m t h i c k n e s s . It is e s s e n t i a l l y composed of shallow
w a t e r c a r b o n a t e s t r a n s g r e s s i n g d i s c o r d a n t l y o v e r v a r i o u s P r e c a m b r i a n rocks. The l i g h t l y coloured m a s s i v e l y bedded dolomites
and l i m e s t o n e s are
locally i n t e r r u p t e d
by m u d -
s t o n e s , p e l i t i c s h a l e s and s a n d s t o n e s . The s i l i c e o u s i n t e r c a l a t i o n s are o f t e n m i n e r a l i z e d by d i v e r s e ores. The
f o r m a t i o n commences with a s o - c a l l e d S~rie
s i l i c l a s t i c t r a n s g r e s s i o n a l s e q u e n c e of a b o u t
100
de b a s e
(Choubert,
m thickness
1952),
(Boudda
et
a mostly al.,
1979),
comprising dolomites, c o n g l o m e r a t e s , and f i r s t of all a u n i t with a r g i l l i t e s and s h a l e s , i n t e r r u p t e d by c o n g l o m e r a t i c or a r e n i t i c - a r k o s i c l a y e r s . Choubert et
al. (1950,
1952a,
1952b), Buggisch e t al.
(1979), and Buggisch & Heinitz
(1984) r e p o r t e d s t r o m a t o l i t e s from t h a t formation, Buggisch & Flfigel ( t h i s volume) d e s c r i b e a c a l c a r e o u s alga. A s t r i k i n g v o l c a n i c a c t i v i t y is r e p o r t e d from t h e c e n t r a l A n t i - A t l a s , were t r a c h y t e s and a n d e s i t e s are i n t e r c a l a t e d i n t o t h e
dolomites. The c e n t r e
of v o l c a n i s m was found
in
Jbel Bokho n e a r Alougoum (Choubert, 1952a; Boudda et al., 1979). V o l c a n o c l a s t i c l a y e r s may c o n t a i n ripple marks and s o f t p e b b l e s (Buggisch e t al., 1979).
2c. S~rie lie de vin
The name
"Lie de
v i n ' was c h o s e n by C h o u b e r t (1942)
b e c a u s e of t h e
t y p i c a l purple
colour of t h e s h a l e s c o n t a i n e d . "Taliwinien" is more or l e s s a s y n o n y m (Boudda e t al., 1979, Boukhari
e t al.,
1979).
A l t h o u g h t h e rocks composing t h i s
f o r m a t i o n v a r y to a
large e x t e n d , t h e y are mostly c o n t i n e n t a l l y - t e r r i g e n o u s l y i n f l u e n c e d , giving i n d i c a t i o n s of t h e r e g r e s s i v e p h a s e of t h e f i r s t p o s t - o r o g e n i c cycle (e. g. C h o u b e r t in Hup~, 1953). The t h i c k n e s s d i f f e r s from 300 m in t h e
Warzazate region in t h e e a s t (Boudda e t al.,
1979) to a b o u t 1000 m s o u t h of T a r o u d a n t (Monninger, 1979). Red s a n d s t o n e s and c o n g l o m e r a t e s d o m i n a t e close to t h e b a s i n a l s h o r e in t h e e a s t . The totally
detritic
succession
of p r e p o n d e r a n t s a n d s t o n e s
which a d v a n c e s
from e a s t
of
Warzazate into t h e c e n t r a l A n t i - A t l a s and i n t e r f i n g e r s t h e middle member of t h e S~rie lie de vin
is called Gr~s de Tikirt.
Its t h i c k n e s s is up to 225 m s o u t h
of t h e Jbel
K i s s a n e (Buggisch e t al., 1979). Towards t h e c e n t r e of t h e b a s i n t h e d e p o s i t s p a s s o v e r into f i n e - g r a i n e d rocks. The most t y p i c a l f a c i e s is found in s e c t i o n s on t h e s o u t h e r n f l a n k of t h e A n t i - A t l a s : The s u c c e s s i o n is l a r g e l y formed by purple
s h a l e s ; dolomites and l i m e s t o n e s are more
o f t e n i n t e r c a l a t e d t o w a r d s t h e top, e s p e c i a l l y in t h e u p p e r t h i r d of t h e s e q u e n c e (Hollard,
1985).
Some t h i c k l i m e s t o n e b e d s
may be
used
cropping out o v e r large a r e a s (e. g. "Barre de Tata").
as l i t h o l o g i c a l m a r k e r
horizons
95
The
well
studied
rather stable
section
conditions
of Tiout
represents
(low w a t e r energy,
cyclic
sedimentation,
shallow w a t e r
range, p a r t l y high s a l i n i t y ; Monninger, 1979).
deposited
depths, insignificant
under tidal
Trace f o s s i l s ("worm burrows") are c o m -
mon. Algal b u i l d - u p s can be u s e d as f a c i e s i n d i c a t o r s , in p a r t i c u l a r columnar s t r o m a t o l i t e s can be u s e f u l i n d e x f o s s i l s .
2d. Calcaires s u p ~ r i e u r s
The d e p o s i t i o n of t h e
Calcaires s u p 4 r i e u r s was i n i t i a t e d by a new t r a n s g r e s s i o n . The
f o r m a t i o n mainly c o n s i s t s of dark l i m e s t o n e s ; l i g h t grey to pink c a r b o n a t e s ( e s p e c i a l l y f i n e l y c r y s t a l l i n e d o l o s t o n e s ) are l e s s common. Obvious d e t r i t a l d e p o s i t s are a b s e n t . The known t h i c k n e s s e s v a r y b e t w e e n 76 m a t Bou Azzer (Boudda e t al.,
1979) and up to
3 0 0 - 4 0 0 m in t h e region of Tiznit. South of t h e
Jbel
Sarhro t h e
facies changes
to t h e
s o - c a l l e d S~rie s c h i s t o - c a l c a i r e
o r i e n t a l e with s h a l e s and l i g h t l i m e s t o n e s . The f o r m a t i o n was d e p o s i t e d u n d e r shallow w a t e r c o n d i t i o n s . Mud cracks and l g n i m b r i t e h o r i z o n s p o i n t to local e m e r s i o n (Buggisch e t al., 1979). Owing to a r e m a r k a b l e f a c i a l c h a n g e in t h e Tiout
s e c t i o n Monninger & Schmitt (1975)
called t h e u p p e r p o r t i o n of t h e f o r m a t i o n " t r a n s i t i o n l a y e r s " . I n s t e a d of black micritic l i m e s t o n e s dark o o l i t e s and more and more m a r l s t o n e s compose t h e s u c c e s s i o n . A similar c h a n g e of f a c i e s is d e s c r i b e d from t h e region s o u t h of t h e J b e l K i s s a n e (Buggisch e t al., 1979). The t h i c k n e s s of t h i s l a t t e r member called " c a l c a i r e s de base" is up to 20 m. Thrombolites occur in t h e b a s a l l i m e s t o n e s ; m o r e o v e r t r i l o b i t e f r a g m e n t s , ooids and i n t r a c l a s t s are r e p o r t e d from t h e c a r b o n a t e beds. Biostromal and domal s t r o m a t o l i t e s are g e n e r a l l y r e p o r t e d from t h e s o u t h e r n Jbel Sarhro (Buggisch e t al., 1979). Schmitt (1979a,
1979b) d e s c r i b e d s t r o m a t o l i t e s and r e p o r t e d t r a c e f o s s i l s from t h e lower
p a r t of t h e Calcaires s u p ~ r i e u r s of Tiout. In some b e d s of t h e u p p e r p a r t a r c h a e o c y a t h a form local b i o h e r m s (Debrenne, 1975, Debrenne, 1976, D e b r e n n e & Debrenne, 1978). B e sides this
Sdzuy (Sdzuy, 1978; Lifian & Sdzuy,
1978; Sdzuy, 1981)
reported trilobite-
bearing horizons.
2e. S~rie s c h i s t o - c a l c a i r e
The c l a s s i c a l E a r l y Cambrian s t u d i e d by Hup~ commences with an a l t e r n a t i o n of g e n e r a l l y dark l i m e s t o n e s and l i g h t s h a l y s l a t e s ,
called S~rie s c h i s t o - c a l c a i r e (Choubert,
1952b). A r a t h e r t y p i c a l l i t h o l o g i c a l s e q u e n c e is e x p o s e d a t Amouslek ( s o u t h w e s t of T a r o u d a n t ) . The s e c t i o n h a s b e e n d e s c r i b e d s e v e r a l times (e. g. C h o u b e r t in Hup~, 1953; Choubert, 1963). The s e r i e s of s h a l e s is i n t e r r u p t e d by l i m e s t o n e beds, t h e l a t t e r l a r g e l y formed
96
by a r c h a e o c y a t h a n
bioherms. The
formation may
be s u b d i v i d e d into
u n i t s which a l t o g e t h e r are more t h a n 200 m thick.
three
lithological
The similar s e c t i o n of Tazemmourt
was of g r e a t i m p o r t a n c e for t h e i n v e s t i g a t i o n s of Pierre Hup~. In t h e s e c t i o n of Oued Boutergui (region of Tiznit; B e r n e k e r & Geyer, in prep.) t h e s e quence has a thickness
of a b o u t 200 m, with
dark l i m e s t o n e s l a r g e l y d i s p l a c i n g t h e
b a s a l s h a l e s . In t h e n o r t h w e s t e r n A n t i - A t l a s (e. g. n o r t h e r n p a r t of A s l f Aouerga) t h e s u c c e s s i o n can be formed e s s e n t i a l l y by l i m e s t o n e s c o n t a i n i n g only t h i n s h a l e l a y e r s (p. p. "Calcaires m a s s i f s de Tiznit" s e n s u Boudda et al., 1979). Some p u b l i s h e d
estimations
of t h i c k n e s s e s
in
the
western
Anti-Atlas
are
possibly
e x a g g e r a t e d . According to C h o u b e r t (1942) t h e formation is up to 390 m t h i c k in t h e Tara area, b u t t h i s might p o s s i b l y not comprise t h e i d e n t i c a l l i t h o s t r a t i g r a p h i c a l u n i t as in c u r r e n t use. S e d i m e n t a t i o n was i n f l u e n c e d by v a r y i n g w a t e r d e p t h s and p e r h a p s s h o r e l i n e o s c i l l a t i o n under
s h a l l o w marine s h e l f c o n d i t i o n s . Towards
the east
the content
of d e t r i t a l e l -
e m e n t s i n c r e a s e s with s h a l l o w i n g w a t e r d e p t h s (Choubert, 1964). The s e q u e n c e o f t e n c o n t a i n s a b u n d a n t s h e l l y f a u n a s . T r i l o b i t e s and a r c h a e o c y a t h a were d e s c r i b e d in d e t a i l by Hup~ (1953) and D e b r e n n e (1958, 1961, 1964, 1973), r e s p e c t i v e l y . The famous a r c h a e o c y a t h a n
l i m e s t o n e s of Sidi Moussa
d'Aglou n e a r
Tiznit
(Bourcart,
1927; Bourcart & Le Villain, 1931; Debrenne, 1964) belong to t h i s formation.
3. S t r o m a t o l i t e s and c a l c a r e o u s a l g a e
3a. O c c u r r e n c e s of s t r o m a t o l i t e s and algae
The only f o s s i l s d i s c o v e r e d below t r i l o b i t e b e a r i n g beds are algal b u i l d - u p s . Low algal mats,
stromatolites,
n o t e s are s p a r s e :
and
t h r o m b o l i t e s are
widespread,
C h o u b e r t e t al. (1950, 1952a,
but
published
palaeontological
1952b) r e p o r t e d s t r o m a t o l i t e s from t h e
Calcalres i n f ~ r i e u r s . S t r o m a t o l i t e s from t h e S4rie lie de vin 'were d e s c r i b e d by S c h m i t t & Monninger, 1977, Schmitt, 1978, Schmitt, 1979a, and Schmitt, 1979b (review in Boudda e t al.,
1979). Columnar s t r o m a t o l i t e s are also known from t h e Calcaires s u p ~ r i e u r s of t h e
Tiout s e c t i o n (Schmitt, 1979a; Schmitt, 1979b) and lithologic e q u i v a l e n t s of t h e Lemdad a r e a (Schmltt, 1979b). (Buggisch e t al.,
1979),
Buggisch & Helnitz (1984),
and Heinitz
(1984) m e n t i o n e d s t r o m a t o l i t e s from t h e Calcaires s u p ~ r i e u r s e a s t of t h e J b e l Sirwa.
A d e t a i l e d s t u d y of t h e s t r o m a t o l i t e s of t h e
Tiout
s e c t i o n was p r e s e n t e d by Schmitt
(1979a) giving t h e following b i o s t r a t i g r a p h i c a l information: The lower s e q u e n c e of t h e S~rie lie de vin f u r n i s h e s a number of h o r i z o n s with poorly p r e s e r v e d s t r o m a t o l i t e s . Schmitt (1979a) d e s c r i b e d a Linella cf. a v i s Krylov, 1967 p o i n t ing to a l a t e Riphean or V e n d i a n age (Schmitt, 1979a). From t h e middle s e q u e n c e of t h e S~rie lie de vin
T u n g u s s i s cf. i n n s Walter, 1972 a n d
97
Patomia fsp. i n d e t , were d e s c r i b e d , i n d i c a t i n g most p r o b a b l y V e n d i a n age. The u p p e r
s e q u e n c e of t h e
1979, N. ? fsp.
indet.,
S~rie lie
Tioutella rupta Schmitt,
1979, Tifounkeia n. fsp. T, a n d
Nlmbophyton fungiforme Schmitt,
de vin y i e l d e d
Igoudinim hemisphaerica Schmitt,
1979,
Tungussia f. i n d e t . ( b e s i d e s t h r o m b o l i t e s and o t h e r u n -
named s t r o m a t o l i t e s ) . From t h e
lower to middle p o r t i o n
of t h e
Calcaires s u p 6 r i e u r s
Schmitt (1979a,
1979b)
d e s c r i b e d Aeaclella cf. angepena Preiss, 1972, which implies an Early Cambrian age. In a d d i t i o n , Tloutella
bouddai Schmitt,
1979 and some h o r i z o n s with t h r o m b o l i t e s are r e -
ported. From t h e Lemdad River s e c t i o n s t r o m a t o l i t e s are only d e s c r i b e d from t r i l o b i t e b e a r i n g beds (Schmitt 1979a, 1979b; "Ounein region").
A s k e l e t a l alga is
d e s c r i b e d by Buggisch & Fl~igel ( t h i s
volume) from
t h e Catcaires
i n f ~ r i e u r s e a s t of t h e Jbel Sirwa a n d s u p p o s e d to i n d i c a t e Early Cambrian age. Frequent
algae
intergrowing with
archaeocyatha
Epiphyton
are
RenMcis, p a r t l y
and
forming p u r e algal b o u n d s t o n e s (e. g. Oued Boutergui, B e r n e k e r & Geyer, in prep.). Gir-
wneHa
appears
in
several
Tolypothrix
localities,
and
Skythonema?
were
found
in
a r c h a e c y a t h a n l i m e s t o n e s of Tiout (Berneker, p e r s . comm.).
3b. Problems of d a t i n g s
The d a t i n g s
of Schmitt
(1979a,
1979b)
were
c r i t i c i z e d by S e m i k h a t o v
(1977),
Clauer
(1980), and B e r t r a n d - S a r f a t i (1981). S e m i k h a t o v m e n t i o n e d a s t r o m a t o l i t e from t h e lower p a r t of t h e S6rie lie de v i n of Tiout and s t r e s s e s t h e s i m i l a r i t y t o t h e S i b e r i a n Par-
mites vlctorius from t h e Early Cambrian. E s p e c i a l l y B e r t r a n d - S a r f a t i s t r e s s e s s i m i l a r i t i e s of t h e forms d e s c r i b e d by Schmitt with Early Cambrian s t r o m a t o l i t e s . A s s o c i a t e d t h r o m b o l l t e s also are t h o u g h t to i n d i c a t e Early Cambrian age by B e r t r a n d - S a r f a t i (1981). On t h e o t h e r h a n d , it is known t h a t t h e o c c u r r e n c e of t h r o m b o l i t e s is c o n t r o l l e d by f a c i e s . The b i o s t r a t i g r a p h i c a l u s a b i l i t y of
s t r o m a t o l i t e s d e p e n d s of course
on
a
sufficiently
broad s p e c t r u m of forms. The d i v e r s i t y of s t r o m a t o l i t e s in t h e Tiout s e c t i o n c e r t a i n l y is n o t s u f f i c i e n t to d a t e rocks w i t h p r e c i s i o n , b u t t h e r e is a good c o n f o r m i t y in t h e s u c cession of the
indicated biostratigraphical levels
find it d i f f i c u l t
to a c c e p t d a t i n g s b a s e d
forms. However,
in s p i t e
of t h e
on t h e
c r i t i q u e we
of Schmitt (1979a). same or
In c o n t r a s t , we
e v e n more poor
were informed by Walter
amount of
(written
pers.
comm.) t h a t S c h m i t t ' s work was i n d e e d c a r r i e d out c a r e f u l l y . Clauer
(1980)
presented
a
comparison
between
biostratigraphic
datings
and
isotopic
g e o c h r o n o l o g y o f t h e Upper P r e c a m b r i a n of t h e A n t i - A t l a s , b a s e d mainly on a n a b s o l u t e d a t i n g of t r a c h y t i c volcanism, which implies t h a t t h e C a l c a i r e s i n f ~ r i e u r s were d e p o s i t e d a f t e r 618_+22 m. y. b. p. However, t h i s r a d i o m e t r i c age does n o t s t r o n g l y c o n t r a d i c t t h e biostratigraphic data
g i v e n by Schmitt. In a d d i t i o n i t s h o u l d be m e n t i o n e d t h a t a large
98
percentage
of recent
U/Pb d a t i n g s
strongly
opposes
provable
biostratigraphical
data
b a s i n g on t r i l o b i t e s (e. g. Ducrot & Lancelot, 1977, Leblanc & Lancelot, 1980). Moreover Tucker (1986) p u b l i s h e d r e c e n t c a r b o n i s o t o p e a n a l y s e s on rocks of t h e Tiout s e c t i o n . Two p o s i t i v e 5~C
e x c u r s i o n s (in t h e u p p e r p a r t of t h e Catcaires i n f ~ r i e u r s and
in t h e lower p a r t of t h e Calcaires s u p 4 r i e u r s ) could be t r a c e d which are i n t e r p r e t e d as i n c r e a s e d l e v e l s of organic p r o d u c t i v i t y , b e l i e v e d to r e f l e c t t h e e v o l u t i o n a r y i n c r e a s e of m i c r o p l a n c t o n close to t h e R i p h e a n / Y e n d i a n b o u n d a r y and t h e i n c r e a s e d organic m a t t e r produced d u r i n g t h e rapid m e t a z o a n e v o l u t i o n a t
t h e v e r y b e g i n n i n g of t h e Cambrian
(Tucker, 1986). A l t h o u g h t h e s i g n i f i c a n c e of some d a t a may be q u e s t i o n e d and n o t h i n g can be said a b o u t t h e p r e c i s e p o s i t i o n s of b o u n d a r i e s we would llke to s t r e s s t h e s i m i l a r i t y of t h e s k e t c h e d s t r a t i g r a p h y with t h a t of Schmitt (1979a). Buggisch & Flfigel (this
volume) r e p o r t t h e
calcareous
alga Kund~ti~ composlta Korde
from t h e Calcaires i n f ~ r i e u r s e a s t of t h e Jbel Sirwa. The f i n d i n g s are t h o u g h t to i n d i c a t e Early Cambrian age, However, Kundatia
composita was only known from a single
a r e a of t h e S i b e r i a n p l a t f o r m before. Its o c c u r r e n c e in Siberia t o g e t h e r with algae which are only known from Early Cambrian and much y o u n g e r s t r a t a , g i v e s in any case no e v i d e n c e for Cambrian age. Moreover, one may d o u b t a s u f f i c i e n t s h o r t time r a n g e of a c a l c a r e o u s alga
to allow r e l i a b l e c o r r e l a t i o n . In a d d i t i o n , t h e r e
Calcaires i n f ~ r i e u r s
in t h e
area
studied
by Buggisch and
his
is no p r o v e t h a t collaborators
are
the time
e q u i v a l e n t s of t h o s e in t h e Tiout s e c t i o n .
4. Cambrian shelly fossils
4a. Occurrence of v e r y e a r l y Cambrian f o s s i l s in Morocco
The e a r l i e s t
trilobites
known
to Hup~ (1953)
were
t h o s e of t h e
zone
of Fallotaspls
tazemmourtensls, which is well d o c u m e n t e d only in t h e Tazemmourt s e c t i o n and t h e only s t i l l e a r l i e r Cambrian f o s s i l s were A r c h a e o c y a t h a . About 1970 e a r l y t r i l o b i t e s were d i s c o v e r e d n e a r t h e Lemdad r i v e r , s o u t h e r n slope of t h e High Atlas, n o r t h of T a f i n e g o u l t and in t h e following y e a r s one of us
(K.S.) collected t r i l o b i t e s from a l a r g e n u m b e r of
horizons. The l o w e s t h o r i z o n which y i e l d e d Lemdade11~ Sdzuy, 1978, is i m m e d i a t e l y on top of s e d i m e n t s t h a t
s t r o n g l y r e s e m b l e t h e Lie de vin of t h e A n t i - A t l a s (see Sdzuy,
1978: fig. 3) and c o n s e q u e n t l y i t was t h o u g h t t h a t Lemd~de]ls might be c o n s i d e r a b l y older t h a n t h e F. tazemmourtensls zone. L a t e r i t t u r n e d out, h o w e v e r , t h a t it p r o b a b l y h a s t h e age of t h a t zone, The s e c t i o n w h e r e t h e in all p r o b a b i l i t y e a r l i e s t Cambrian f o s s i l s of Morocco were found is t h a t n e a r Tiout, n o r t h e r n slope of t h e c e n t r a l A n t i - A t l a s , s o u t h e a s t of T a r o u d a n t . It was c a r e f u l l y s t u d i e d by us (see I n t r o d u c t i o n ) , t h e rock s u c c e s s i o n is t y p i c a l l y
that
d e s c r i b e d in c h a p t e r 2. Regarding t h e problem of t h e b a s e of t h e Cambrian, t h e Tiout s e c t i o n is t h e most i m p o r t a n t one in Morocco.
99
4b. T o m m o t i a n , A t d a b a n i a n ,
The
base
of the
Cambrian. The
Tommotian stage
identification
tigraphy. the
In S i b e r i a t h e
presence
tematic position,
beds
sediments
the correlation
found various
but
they
of the early trilobite
of u n d o u b t e d
section
of this
found
near
z o n e . Here, t h e C a l c a i r e s
the
named
it
is
S~rie
about
well
trilobite
but
sufficient
horizon,
the distance
T
1. We d i d
from the
that
generic
identity
It in
rare.
stage.
however,
Whether section
that
a cor-
is n o t p o s s i b l e ,
dependable. t h e z o n e o f FaHot~spls tazemIt c a n b e d e m o n s t r a t e d distant
are
above
the top
below
the
measure
top of the formation
the
from Tiout
older
than
this
in t h e T i o u t s e c -
of t h e top
of
1978 w h i c h in t h e T i o u t not
shown
horizons of the Tiout
s i m i l a r to t h o s e
Well
fossils
for correlation.
is e x t r e m e l y
schisto-calcaire
40 m e t e r s
documented.
although
A few phosphatic
been found.
s e e m to be v e r y
we f o u n d Hupetina antiqua S d z u y ,
earliest
exactly,
for
the
sys-
None of the
trilobites
w h i c h is j u s t a f e w k i l o m e t e r s
below
F. tazemmourtensis a p p e a r s zone
sup~rieurs the
Tiout
sup~rieurs
of unknown
of the Atdabanian
representing
z o n e k n o w n to Hup~, h a v e
section
and by
of "small shelly
of Monninger have
or a t l e a s t
of Tazemmourt
tion.
are not
bearing
in the classical trilobites
first
methods.
t y p e w o u l d be s u f f i c i e n t l y
no f o s s i l s d o u b t l e s s l y
corre-
is b i o s t r a -
are trilobites. the
below. It m u s t be s t r e s s e d ,
specific
upon the
of trilobites
material partly
the base
mourtensis, t h e e a r l i e s t that
absence
below
investigations
occur near
of the
and especially
Tiout section
been
trilobites
base
well known phyla like molluscs.
with
will be d i s c u s s e d
on the base
Tiout
has
geochemical
trilobites
and only a correlation In t h e
will d e p e n d
t h e Eo£allotaspls z o n e ( s e e b e l o w ) p h o s p h a t e
the earliest
with the Atdabanian relation
with
that
older than
this justifies
above
as the
m e t h o d to do t h i s
by the
of phosphatic
to r e p r e s e n t
investigated
in association
accepted
regions
brachiopods,
C a m b r i a n f o s s i l s in t h e
mentioned
be m e n t i o n e d
In S i b e r i a ,
and
elements
thought
were thoroughly
were found should
are skeletal
undoubtedly
in o t h e r
T o m m o t i a n is c h a r a c t e r i z e d
partly
Tommotian fossils the
base
is g e n e r a l l y
and the only dependable
of some archaeocyathids
fossils". The latter
The first
of Siberia
of this
lation with Siberian successions,
EofaHotaspis z o n e
and the
limestones,
so
the
Calcaires
section
o c c u r s in
Tazemmourt
section
very
s e e m s to be s i m i l a r to t h a t
in
the Tiout section. Trilobites
have
section in
been
f o u n d in t h e
upper
17 h o r i z o n s , T 1 - T 17 ( s e e S d z u y ,
a biostratigraphical use elsewhere to f a c i l i t a t e
unit
c a n be
will be c o m p l e t e l y d e s c r i b e d .
separately
i t is p r o b a b l e
biostratigraphical the
below.
latter
sup~rieurs
of the
named yet
and to
of correlation
Tiout
b e l o n g to
which no name in
(see below).
In o r d e r
we c a l l t h i s u n i t t h e EofaHotaspls z o n e . T h i s n a m e i s s o m e w h a t
the faunas
archaeocyatha,
Calcalres
1978: fig. 2). T h o s e t r i l o b i t e s
a p p l i e d , o w i n g to d i f f i c u l t i e s
discussions because
of
of the
w h i c h i n Morocco i s n o t
provisional
Fossils
part
were
that
value
more than
from
studied
the
one zone
will be
EofaHotsspls z o n e
b y F. D e b r e n n e .
Both
groups
distinguished
are
trilobites
will b e
when
and
discussed
100
4c. Very e a r l y C a m b r i a n t r i l o b i t e s a n d c o r r e l a t i o n
H u n d r e d s of s p e c i m e n s of t r i l o b i t e s the
Tiout section
and
all
have been collected
of them
belong
to
Eofallotaspls zone of (Eofallotaspis
from t h e
two t y p e s :
1)
Olenellids
Sdzuy, 1978) a n d 2) o p i s t h o p a r i a n s w i t h t h i c k o c u l a r r i d g e s a n d m o d e r a t e l y long e y e s . We d e a l h e r e o n l y w i t h t h e s e c o n d , a n d b e c a u s e Bigotin~ Cobbold, 1935 from N o r m a n d y if q u i t e
t y p i c a l for t h i s g r o u p
we i n f o r m a l l y call it
t y p i c a l s p e c i m e n s from t h e T i o u t b y Sdzuy
(1978:
figs. 2b,
the
Bigotlna group. D r a w i n g s of
a n d t h e Lemdad ( s e e a b o v e ) of Bigotin~ a n d
3), p h o t o s
s e c t i o n s were p u b l i s h e d
of s p e c i m e n s from T i o u t
by t h e
s a m e a u t h o r (figs. 1 3 - 2 0 ) . One problem
of t h e
between trilobites
Bigotina g r o u p is t h a t on one h a n d t h e r e e x i s t s g r e a t s i m i l a r i t y
we c o n s i d e r
d i f f e r e n c e s c a n be s e e n ,
to b e l o n g to t h a t
and that
on t h e
we a r e d e a l i n g w i t h a c l o s e l y r e l a t e d g r o u p of
( p e r h a p s f a m i l y group) a n d t h a t
t h e d i f f e r e n c e s a r e t h o s e of
s p e c i e s or a t m o s t of g e n e r a . But it is a l s o q u i t e p o s s i b l e t h a t the stem
group
other hand clear
it is now k n o w n w h a t t h e s i g n i f i c a n c e of s i m i l a r i t y
a n d of d i f f e r e n c e s is. It is p o s s i b l e t h a t r a t h e r low t a x o n o m i c r a n k
group, t h a t
of o p i s t h o p a r i a n t r i l o b i t e s
and
that
phyletic
genetically but not yet strongly morphologically and that
t h e Bigotlna
lineages
were
g r o u p is separated
o n l y l a t e r in C a m b r i a n t i m e s
c h a r a c t e r s of h i g h r a n k i n g t a x a b e c a m e d i s t i n c t . R e p i n a (1969) who r e f e r r e d t r i l o b i t e s , we
would
Early
consider
as
belonging
C a m b r i a n was a p p a r e n t l y
to
Bigotln~ group, to t a x a
the
i n f l u e n c e d by t h e l a t t e r
e x i s t i n g in
philosophy, --
the
late
It is o b v i o u s
t h a t on t h e t a x o n o m i c p r o b l e m s d e p e n d o t h e r s r e g a r d i n g t h e u s e of t h o s e t r i l o b i t e s
as
index fossils. T h e r e a r e s t i l l o t h e r r e a s o n s w h y t h e u s e of v e r y e a r l y
C a m b r i a n t r i l o b i t e s as
index
f o s s i l s is p r o b l e m a t i c a l . It is o b v i o u s t h a t t h e f i r s t t r i l o b i t e s m u s t h a v e d e v e l o p e d from some u n k n o w n a n c e s t o r s in a n u n k n o w n r e g i o n a n d t h a t from t h e r e t h e e a r l y t r i l o b i t e s must
have
spread
over
the
oceans.
If
this
is
true,
then
the
primitive
trilobites
( p e r h a p s t h e Bigotins group) m u s t h a v e a p p e a r e d in d i f f e r e n t r e g i o n s a t d i f f e r e n t t i m e s . T h e r e is s t i l l a n o t h e r
problem: M i g r a t i o n implies f a c t o r s s t r o n g l y i n f l u e n c i n g e v o l u t i o n
like g e o g r a p h i c i s o l a t i o n of s m a l l p o p u l a t i o n s ,
c h a n g e of e n v i r o n m e n t , etc. T h e r e s u l t
m u s t h a v e b e e n a r a p i d g e n e t i c c h a n g e a n d t h e r e f o r e it m u s t be e x p e c t e d t h a t p r i m i tive
trilobites
of
different regions
that
are
closely related
c a n n o t be r e c o g n i z e d a s
s u c h . T h i s , of c o u r s e , is a l s o t r u e for o t h e r f o s s i l g r o u p s u n d e r s i m i l a r c o n d i t i o n s . - The u s e of v e r y e a r l y C a m b r i a n f o s s i l s a s i n d e x f o s s i l s for long d i s t a n c e c o r r e l a t i o n is e v e n more p r o b l e m a t i c a l , i f it is t r u e t h a t c h a n g e s of e n v i r o n m e n t i n f l u e n c e d t h e r e g i o n a l d i s t r i b u t i o n of life n e a r t h e b a s e of t h e C a m b r i a n ( s e e 4e).
4d. A r c h a e o c y a t h a
Archaeocyatha are common fossils in most of the Lower Cambrian rocks of Morocco. Ira-
101
portant
localities
k n o w n from
with
north
of
archaeocyathan the
Jbel
bioherms
from
TaYssa ( D e b r e n n e ,
the
1958;
S~rle
1961),
schisto-calcaire
are
from T a z e m m o u r t ( D e -
b r e n n e , 1960), a n d from m o s t p r o b a b l y e q u i v a l e n t s t r a t a of t h e Lemdad a r e a . Notes on
a r c h a e o c y a t h a from t h e
mourt section
(Debrenne,
1960)
C a l c a i r e s s u p ~ r i e u r s were
a n d for t h e
p u b l i s h e d for t h e
s e c t i o n of Tiout.
From t h a t
part
Tazemof t h e
T a z e m m o u r t s e c t i o n o n l y one s p e c i e s w a s d e s c r i b e d (Cosclnoeyatbus mlnutus D e b r e n n e , 1960), b u t Hup~ (1959) a n d e. g. Boudda e t al. (1979) m e n t i o n e d s e v e r a l h o r i z o n s b e a r ing a r c h a e o c y a t h a . At T i o u t a r c h a e o c y a t h a (Debrenne,
1975;
a p p e a r a l s o in n u m e r o u s h o r i z o n s w i t h i n t h e Eofallotaspls zone
Debrenne
& Debrenne,
1976;
Debrenne,
1976;
Debrenne & Debrenne,
1978). S e v e n s p e c i e s a r e k n o w n o n l y from t h i s s e c t i o n , f i v e s p e c i e s were a l r e a d y d e s c r i b e d from o t h e r Moroccan l o c a l i t i e s ; m o s t of t h e m h a v e
a wide s t r a t i g r a p h i c a l r a n g e .
"Aldanocyathus blohermicus ( Z h u r a v l e v a , 1960)?" is s i m i l a r to a S i b e r i a n s p e c i e s from the Atdaban thus its is a l s o
and
Lena stages,
b u t like
r e c o g n i t i o n is d o u b t f u l . k n o w n from S a r d i n i a ,
Therefore, the
correlation
Dictyocyathus?. sp. v e r y poorly p r e s e r v e d a n d
Protopharetra circula v a r . colonialis ( D e b r e n n e , 1964)
Spain,
a n d Siberia,
with the Siberian
s p e c i e s . D e b r e n n e & D e b r e n n e (1978) r e g a r d t h e Calcaires sup~rieurs
only
a long time r a n g e , a s
well.
genera, not
a r c h a e o c y a t h a b e a r i n g h o r i z o n s of t h e
of T i o u t a s p r o b a b l y n o t v e r y e a r l y
e s s e n t i a l l y on t h e a p p e a r a n c e these genera,
but has
s t a g e s h a s to be b a s e d u p o n
of Neoloculicyathus,
A t d a b a n i a n . T h i s is f o u n d e d
Tumulifungia, a n d Gordonifungia. Of
Tumullfungia w a s d e s c r i b e d from more t h a n one r e g i o n before, b u t
t h e Moroccan s p e c i m e n s d i f f e r l a r g e l y in m o r p h o l o g y from t h e S i b e r i a n s p e c i e s . T h e r e f o r e biostratigraphical correlations
of t h e
Eofallotaspis z o n e b a s e d on a r c h a e o c y a t h a a p p e a r
to be n o t v e r y r e l i a b l e in t h e p r e s e n t s t a t e
of k n o w l e d g e .
4e. E a r l y C a m b r i a n r a d i a t i o n e v e n t a n d / o r c h a n g e of e n v i r o n m e n t ?
T h e s t r a t i g r a p h i c a l p r o b l e m s we a r e c o n f r o n t e d w i t h w h e n d e a l i n g w i t h t h e b a s e of t h e Cambrian are
c e r t a i n l y c a u s e d or a t
least
i n f l u e n c e d by t h e f a c t t h a t
we a r e
dealing
w i t h a t i m e s p a n t h a t is u n i q u e in t h e P h a n e r o z o i c : It is t h e time w h e n a n i m a l s b e a r i n g hard s k e l e t o n s are
d o c u m e n t e d for t h e f i r s t
time, a n d t h e f a c t t h a t t h e i r
Precambrian
a n c e s t o r s a r e s t i l l u n k n o w n c r e a t e s one of t h e g r e a t e s t e n i g m a s of E a r t h h i s t o r y . T h e y are unknown
in s p i t e
of a t r e m e n d o u s a m o u n t of r e s e a r c h on t h e l a t e
P r e c a m b r i a n in
t h e l a s t d e c a d e s a n d t h i s led to t h e a s s u m p t i o n of a r a p i d e v o l u t i o n , of a r a d i a t i o n of a n i m a l life, n e a r t h e b e g i n n i n g of C a m b r i a n time. We will n o t d i s c u s s t h i s , b u t we w a n t to p o i n t o u t t h a t
t h e mode of a p p e a r a n c e of h a r d - p a r t
a n i m a l s in e a r l y C a m b r i a n t i m e
c a n n o t be e x p l a i n e d by a r a d i a t i o n alone. T h e f i r s t C a m b r i a n f o s s i l s did n o t r e a l l y a p p e a r
a t once,
but obviously they first ap-
p e a r e d in v e r y l i m i t e d r e g i o n s a n d t h e n n e e d e d a c o n s i d e r a b l e time to s p r e a d o v e r t h e
102
early Cambrian seas. Very few sections many in which the and the
existence
m o r e we a s c e n d
of Tommotian sediments
It is o b v i o u s t h a t
in e a r l y C a m b r i a n where
rests
were
was
Monninger's sup6rieurs
environment
water agitation,
The
interrupted,
apparently
makes
were us
appearance
and currents
mal marine
were
were
suspect
very
m e n t is a l s o i n d i c a t e d
of the
or w h e r e regions
that
that
the
basin
water
their
the en-
similar envi-
there
was
and
indicators yet
the and
was
influx
ocean
of t e r -
probably
the extensive
oversaturated
shal-
a r e no s i g n s o f
was little open
Calcaires
long period
for very
there
change
of the
was
development
with
oxygen.
rock composition
of oolitic limestones.
stronger
and the a very
It
to m a r i n e a n i m a l life.
a slight
than
favourable
by the results
Lie de v i n
that
slow and there
the
trilobites
were
likely
There are various
not favourable
markedly
that
i t is q u i t e
shown
being the appearance
conditions
exist
in t h o s e
many stromatolites),
between
of the first
curs, the most notable
regions where sedimenta-
did n o t
is that
periods of hypersalinity,
was an environment
With t h e
clearly
the
apparently
connection
vast
parts
investigations
have
was exceptional:
there
existed
hard
life, a n d
f o s s i l s m a y be s u s p e c t e d ,
time.
obvious being
currents
material.
of stromatolites
tation
for animal
sedlmentological
(the most
with
are
the more widely are fossils spread.
most likely explanation
in late Precambrian
(1979)
in w h i c h t h e
time, there
animals
of the Tiout section
low w a t e r
partly
The
not favourable
existed
rigenous
either
not fossilized.
vironment ronments
without
in t h e C a m b r i a n s u c c e s s i o n s
tion occurred
and
with Tommotian fossils are known, but there
before,
to b e n t h i c
Obviously water
and this probably animals.
l e d to n o r -
A change
of Tucker (1986) who investigated
ocagi-
of environ-
carbon
isotopes
in t h e T i o u t s e c t i o n . Stromatolites sible
that
conditions
true then than
were enormously
reasons
should
ancestors
of
regarding question
unfavourable
the correlation
for the
cambrian
of the
the Cambrian
life conditions
terminated
and
within
Phanerozoic.
isms occurred of Cambrian
there
the atmosphere
benthic
late
Precambrian
animals
above.
Conditions
are
still
unknown.
authors
over
we t h i n k
to i t s p r e s e n t
that
suppose
--
hundreds
state
to
There
this
prove
was not finished
animals
is s t i l l
in the
another
as
is
Pre-
late
as
assimilation before
to i m a g i n e t h a t
the
aspect
It i s a n o p e n
to i t s p r e s e n t
was that
If t h i s
puzzling fact that
of millions of years impossible
too.
pos-
more problematical
stromatolites:
of earth
that
however,
i t is q u i t e
widespread
for the
of the Cambrian and
stromatolites,
and it is quite
will be e v e n
unfavourable
of changing the atmosphere
The
were
of the Cambrian
near the base
are
in the
as a possible explanation
faunas
on a large scale times, and
to base
discussed
be c o n s i d e r e d
when the process
the
widespread
state
was
some
time
by organ-
the beginning the change
of
long before this time.
5. C o n c l u s i o n s
The trilobites
from the
EofaHotaspis z o n e o f T i o u t ( a n d o f T a z e m m o u r t ) a r e t h e e a r l i e s t
103
trilobites
k n o w n i n Morocco a n d
their
appearence apparently
c h a n g e of e n v i r o n m e n t . For r e a s o n s w h i c h we h a v e t i o n of t h e
w a s m a d e p o s s i b l e by a
discussed, a long-distance
correla-
Eofallotaspis zone is n o t p o s s i b l e a n d t h e r e f o r e we c a n n o t d e c i d e w h e t h e r
i t s a g e i s e a r l y A t d a b a n i a n (we would e x c l u d e a y o u n g e r age) or w h e t h e r it g o e s down i n t o t h e T o m m o t i a n . T h e p r e s e n c e of t r i l o b i t e s c e r t a i n l y is no p r o o f a g a i n s t T o m m o t i a n age. Later Early
C a m b r i a n f a u n a s from Morocco a n d
s i m i l a r o n e s from S p a i n (Sdzuy,
1962)
c a n be c o r r e l a t e d w i t h S i b e r i a n o n e s a n d i t c a n be s h o w n t h a t t h e z o n e s IV a n d V of Hup~ a r e u p p e r m o s t A t d a b a n i a n . We t h i n k i t to be p r o b a b l e t h e n t h a t t h e EofaHotaspis z o n e a n d t h e e a r l i e s t f o u r or f i v e z o n e s of ttup~ t o g e t h e r c o m p r i s e a t i m e s p a n t h a t
is
a t l e a s t e q u a l to t h e A t d a b a n i a n . T h e b a s e of t h e C a m b r i a n c a n n o t be l o c a t e d w i t h p r e c i s i o n i n t h e T i o u t s e c t i o n . E v i d e n c e from s t r o m a t o l i t e s p o i n t s to a p o s i t i o n n e a r t h e b a s e of t h e C a t c a i r e s s u p ~ r i e u r s , b u t i t is no f i r m e v i d e n c e . A p o s i t i o n of t h e b a s e o f t h e C a m b r i a n f a r below t h e C a l calres
sup~rieurs has been suggested repeatedly.
We c a n n o t e x c l u d e t h a t ,
but
on t h e
o t h e r h a n d we do n o t t h i n k t h a t i t is of g r e a t i m p o r t a n c e w h e t h e r r o c k s t h a t c a n n o t be well d a t e d a r e r e g a r d e d a s V e n d i a n or a s C a m b r i a n .
6. References
B e r t r a n d - S a r f a t i , J. (1981): Probl~me de la l i m i t e P r ~ c a m b r i e n - C a m b r i e n : la s e c t i o n de T i o u t (Maroc); l e s s t r o m a t o l i t e s e t l e u r b i o s t r a t i g r a p h i e (SCHMITT 1979): c r i t i q u e s e t o b s e r v a t i o n s . - Newsl. S t r a t i g r . , 10(1): 2 0 - 2 6 , 1 Tab.; Berlin, S t u t t g a r t . Boudda, A. (1968): Zur g e o l o g i s c h e n K a r t i e r u n g 1 : 25000 lm G e b i e t y o n O u n e i n ( M a s s i f a n c i e n d u H a u t - A t l a s , Marokko). - M a s t e r s T h e s i s , P a l e o n t . I n s t . Univ. Wfirzburg: 52 pp., 35 figs., 2 pl.; Wfirzburg ( u n p u b l . ) . Boudda, A. & C h o u b e r t , G. (1972): Sur la l i m i t e l n f ~ r i e u r du C a m b r i e n a u Maroc. Acad. Sci. P a r i s , D 275: 5 - 8 ; P a r i s .
C. R.
Boudda, A., C h o u b e r t , G. & F a u r e - M u r e t , A. (1979): E s s a i . de S t r a t i g r a p h i e de l a C o u v e r t u r e s ~ d i m e n t a i r e de l ' A n t i - A t l a s : A d o u d o u n i e n - C a m b r i e n I n f ~ r i e u r . - Notes M4m. S e r v . g~ol Maroc, 2 7 1 : 9 6 pp., 20 figs.; R a b a t . B o u k h a r l , A., C h o u b e r t , G., F a u r e - M u r e t , A. & T i m o f e i e v , B. V. (1979): S u r l a m i c r o f t o r e d e s c o u c h e s t e r m i n a l e s d u P r ~ c a m b r i e n III e t s u r l'~ge de l ' A d o u d o u n i e n a u Maroc. - C. R. Acad. Sci. P a r i s , 288: 1 3 - 1 4 ; P a r i s . B o u r c a r t , J. (1927): D ~ c o u v e r t e d u C a m b r i e n & A r c h a e o c y a t h u s d a n s I ' A n t i - A t l a s c a i n . - C. R. somm. Soc. g~ol. Fr., ( 1 - 2 ) : 1 0 - 1 1 ; P a r i s .
maro-
B o u r c a r t , J. & Le V i l l a i n , G. (1928a): S u r le g i s e m e n t & A r c h a e o c y a t h u s de Sidi Mouca d ' A g l o u ( A n t i - A t l a s m a r o c a i n ) . - C. R. somm. Soc. g6ol. Fr., (10): 115; P a r i s . ---
(1928b): S u r la l a u r i e d e s c a l c a i r e s c a m b r i e n s de Sidi Mouqa d ' A g l o u pr&s de T i z n i t (Sud m a r o c a i n ) . - C. R. Acad. Sci. P a r i s , 187: 1 0 6 6 - 1 0 6 8 ; P a r i s . (1931): La f a u n e d e s c a l c a i r e s c a m b r i e n s de Sidi Mou~a d ' A g l o u ( A n t i - A t l a s m a r o c a i n ) . - Notes M~m. Serv. Mines C a r t e g~ol. Maroc, 1 5 : 4 4 pp., 1 t a b . , pl. I X; Macon.
104
B u g g i s c h , W. & Heinitz, W. (1984): S l u m p f o l d s a n d o t h e r e a r l y d i a g e n e t i c d e f o r m a t i o n s in t h e e a r l y C a m b r i a n of t h e W e s t e r n a n d C e n t r a l A n t i a t l a s (Morocco). - Geol. Rdsch., 73(2): 8 0 9 - 8 1 8 , 8 figs., 1 tab.; S t u t t g a r t . B u g g i s c h , W., Marzela, C. & Hfigel, P. (1979): Die f a z i e l l e u n d p a l ~ o g e o g r a p h i s c h e E n t w i c k l u n g d e r i n f r a k a m b r i s c h e n bis o r d o v i z i s c h e n S e d i m e n t e im M i t t l e r e n A n t i a t l a s um Agdz (S-Marokko). - Geol. Rdsch., 68(1): 1 9 5 - 2 2 4 , 21 figs., 1 tab.; S t u t t g a r t . C h o u b e r t , G. (1942): La c o n s t i t u t i o n e t la p u i s s a n c e de la sArie p r i m a i r e de l ' A n t i - A t l a s . - C. R. Acad. Sci. P a r i s , 215: 4 4 5 - 4 4 7 ; P a r i s . (1943): Sur le G~orgien de l ' A n t i - A t l a s . Paris. ---
-
C. R. Acad. Sci. P a r i s , 216: 6 9 - 7 0 ;
(1952a): Le v o l c a n g ~ o r g i e n de la r~gion d ' A l o u g o u m ( A n t i - A t l a s ) . Sci. P a r i s , 234: 3 5 0 - 3 5 2 ; P a r i s .
C. R. Acad.
(1952b): t t i s t o i r e g~ologique du d o m a i n e de l ' A n t i - A t l a s . In: C h o u b e r t , G. & Margais, J.: GAologie du Maroc. - XIX e Congr~s G~ol. I n t e r n . , A l g e r 1952, Monogr. r~g., Ser. 3, Maroc, 6: 7 7 - 1 9 4 , 16 maps; Alger. (1953): Le P r ~ c a m b r i e n III et le G~orgien de l ' A n t i - A t l a s . I n t r o d u c t i o n s t r a t i g r a p h i q u e . - In: Hup~, P.: C o n t r i b u t i o n ~ l ' ~ t u d e du C a m b r i e n i n f 4 r i e u r e t du P r ~ c a m b r i e n III de l ' A n t i - A t l a s m a r o c a i n . N o t e s M~m. Serv. g~ol. Maroc, 103: 1 7 39, 4 figs.; B a g n o l e t / S e i n e ("1952"). (1958): L ' A d o u d o u n i e n e t le P r e c a m b r i e n III darts l ' A n t i - A t l a s . - In: Les R e l a t i o n s e n t r e P r ~ c a m b r i e n e t Cambrien. Probl~mes d e s s ~ r i e s i n t e r m ~ d i a i r e s . Coll. i n t e r n . C e n t r e Nat. Rech. Sci., Paris, 1957, LXXVI: 1 4 3 - 1 6 2 , 2 f i g s . , 1 tab.; P a r i s . (1963): H i s t o i r e g 4 o l o g i q u e de M~m. Serv. g~ol. Maroc, 1 6 2 : 3 5 2 Rabat.
P r ~ c a m b r i e n de l ' A n t i - A t l a s . Tome 1. - N o t e s pp., 33 figs., 81 Phot., 5 m a p s , 7 c o l o u r m a p s ;
(1964): N o u v e l l e s p r ~ c i s i o n s s u r la s t r a t i g r a p h i e d e s f o r m a t i o n s c a l c a i r e s e t s c h i s t o - c a l c a i r e s du C a m b r i e n i n f ~ r i e u r de l ' A n t i - A t l a s . - C. R. Soc. g~ol. F r a n c e , (8): 3 3 7 - 3 3 8 ; P a r i s . C h o u b e r t , G., Boudda, A & F a u r e - M u r e t , A. (1975): E s s a i de s t r a t i g r a p h i e de la c o u v e r t u r e s e d i m e n t a i r e de l ' A n t i - A t l a s : A d o u d o u n i e n - Cambrien. - N o t e s MAm. Serv. gaol Maroc, 2 7 1 : 9 5 pp., 20 figs.; R a b a t (1979). & R e u n i o n Lim. C a m b r i e n - P r ~ c a m b r i e n , A g a d i r - R a b a t , Dok. 1A: 57 pp.; R a b a t ( u n p u b l . ) . C h o u b e r t , G., D r e s n a y , R. du & H i n d e r m e y e r , J. (1950): Sur l e s c a l c a i r e s ~ C o l l e n i a de la r~.gion de S a f s a f - A i n Chair. - Notes M~m. Serv. g4ol. Maroc, 3, 76: 9 3 - 1 0 3 ; R a bat. C h o u b e r t , G., H i n d e r m e y e r , J. & Hollard, H. (1952a): Sur la p r e s e n c e de C o l l e n i a d a n s le PrAcambrlen III e t le GAorgien de l ' A n t i - A t l a s . - C. R. Acad. Sci. P a r i s , D 234: 543-545; Paris. (1952b): Note pr41iminaire s u r le Collenia de l ' A n t i - A t l a s . g~ol. Maroc, 95: 8 5 - 1 0 2 ; R a b a t .
- N o t e s MAre. Serv.
Clauer, N. (1980): N o u v e l l e s p r ~ c i s i o n s s u r la g 4 o c h r o n o l o g i e i s o t o p i q u e e t b i o s t r a t i g r a p h i q u e du PrAcambrien de l ' A n t i - A t l a s a u Maroc. - C. R. somm. Soc. g~ol. Fr., (3): 8 4 - 8 7 ; P a r i s . D e b r e n n e , F. (1958): Sur q u e l q u e s A r c h a e o c y a t h a du J e b e l T a i s s a ( A n t i - A t l a s tal). - Notes Serv. g~ol. Maroc, 16, 143: 5 9 - 7 3 , 2 figs., 2 pl.; Rabat.
occiden-
105
(1960): Archaeocyatha d e s l e n t i l l e s c a l c a i r e s de T a z e m m o u r t N o t e s Mere. S e r v . G~ol. Maroc, 18, 147: 7 - 2 6 , pl. I - V ; R a b a t . ---
(Anti-Atlas).
-
( 1 9 6 1 ) : N o u v e l l e s d o n n 4 e s s u r la f a u n e d ' A r c h a e o c y a t h a du Jbel Taissa (AntiA t l a s o c c i d e n t a l ) . - N o t e s S e r v . g~ol. Maroc, 20, 152: 7 - 3 7 , pl. I - V I ; R a b a t . ( 1 9 6 4 ) : A r c h a e o c y a t h a . C o n t r i b u t i o n ~ l ' ~ t u d e d e s f a u n e s c a m b r i e n n e s d u Maroc, de S a r d a i g n e e t de F r a n c e . - N o t e s M~m. S e r v . g~ol. Maroc, 1 7 9 : 3 7 1 pp., 52 pl.; Rabat.
---
[Debrenn] (1976): Drevnejshie arkheotsiaty S e r i y a Geol., 12: 1 5 7 - 1 5 9 , fig.; Moscow.
Marokko.
-
Izv.
Akad.
Nauk
SSSR,
D e b r e n n e , F. & D e b r e n n e , M. ( 1 9 7 6 ) : A r c h a e o c y a t h i d f a u n a o f t h e l o w e s t f o s s i l i f e r o u s l e v e l s o f T i o u t (Lower C a m b r i a n - S o u t h e r n Morocco). - R ~ u n . Gr. T r a y . L i m i t e P r ~ c a m b . - C a m b . Maroc, M a r s - A v r i l 1976, C. R. a c t i v i t Y : 22 pp., pl. I - I V ; R a b a t (unpubl.). ( 1 9 7 8 ) : A r c h a e o c y a t h i d f a u n a o f t h e l o w e s t f o s s i l i f e r o u s l e v e l s o f T i o u t (Lower C a m b r i a n - S o u t h e r n Morocco). - Geol. Mag., 115(2): 1 1 0 1 - 1 1 9 , 3 t a b . , pl. 1 - 4 ; London. Etude D u c r o t , J. & L a n c e l o t , J. R. ( 1 9 7 7 ) : P r o b l 6 m e de la l i m i t e P r ~ c a m b r i e n - C a m b r i e n . radiochronologique p a r la m 6 t h o d e U - P b s u r z i r c o n s d u v o l c a n d u j b e l Boho ( A n t i - A t l a s m a r o c a i n ) . - C a n . J. E a r t h Sci., 14: 2 7 7 1 - 2 7 7 7 ; O t t a w a . Geyer,
G. ( 1 9 8 6 ) : M i t t e l k a m b r i s c h e M o l l u s k e n a u s M a r o k k o u n d S p a n i e n . g i a n a l e t h . , 6 7 ( 1 / 4 ) : 5 5 - 1 1 8 , 6 f i g s . , 1 t a b . , 6 pl.; F r a n k f u r t a. M.
Heinitz,
W. ( 1 9 8 4 ) : Die D e f o r m a t i o n d e s s e d i m e n t ~ r e n D e c k g e b i r g e s im z e n t r a l e n A n t i A t l a s ( S f i d m a r o k k o ) . - B e r l i n e r g e o w i s s . A b h . , (A), 5 5 : 8 4 pp,, 64 f i g s . ; B e r l i n .
Hollard,
If. ( 1 9 8 5 ) : P r e c a m b r i a n - C a m b r i a n B o u n d a r y a n d L o w e r C a m b r i a n . - In: D e s t o m b e s , J., H o l l a r d , H. & W i l l e f e r t , S.: L o w e r P a l a e o z o i c R o c k s o f Morocco. In: H o l l a n d , C. H. (ed.): L o w e r P a l a e o z o i c R o c k s o f t h e World, Vol. 4: L o w e r P a l a e o zoic o f n o r t h - w e s t e r n a n d w e s t c e n t r a l A f r i c a : 1 0 1 - 1 5 7 , f i g s . 5 - 2 8 , pl. 1 - 4 ; C h i c h e s t e r , New York, B r i s b a n e , T o r o n t o , S i n g a p o r e (J. Wiley & S o n s ) .
Hup~, P. ( 1 9 5 2 ) : S u r l e s z o n e s de T r i l o b i t e s A c a d . Sci. P a r i s , 235: 4 8 0 - 4 8 1 ; P a r i s .
du Cambrien
inf~rieur
Senckenber-
marocain.
-
C. R.
( 1 9 5 3 ) : C o n t r i b u t i o n ~t l ' ~ t u d e d u C a m b r i e n i n f ~ r i e u r e t d u P r 6 c a m b r i e n III de L ' A n t i - A t l a s m a r o c a i n . - N o t e s M6m. S e r v . g6ol. Maroc, 1 0 3 : 4 0 2 pp., 99 f i g s . , 4 t a b . , pl. I - X X I V ; B a g n o l e t / S e i n e ( " 1 9 5 2 " ) . ( 1 9 5 9 ) : N o u v e l l e c o n t r i b u t i o n & l ' ~ t u d e d u C a m b r i e n m a r o c a i n . - T h 6 s e Sci. Fac. Sci. U n i v . P a r i s , 447 pp., 1 2 + 5 f i g s . , 3 m a p s , pl. A - W , 1 - 1 0 , 1 0 b i s , 1 1 - 3 2 ; P a r i s (unpubl.). ( 1 9 6 0 ) : S u r le C a m b r i e n i n f ~ r i e u r d u Maroc. - Rep. X X I t h i n t . N o r d e n 1960, 8, 8. L a t e P r e - C a m b r i a n and Cambrian stratigraphy: Kopenhagen.
Lifian, E. & S d z u y , K. ( 1 9 7 8 ) : A t r i l o b i t e and its stratigraphical significance. f i g s . , 1 pl,; F r a n k f u r t a. M.
geol. C o n g r . , 75-85, tab.;
from the Lower Cambrian of CSrdoba (Spain) - Senckenberg. leth., 59(4-6): 378-399, 2
M o n n i n g e r , W. ( 1 9 7 9 ) : T h e s e c t i o n o f T i o u t ( P r e c a m b r i a n / C a m b r i a n A t l a s , Morocco): A n e n v i r o n m e n t a l m o d e l . - Arb. P a l ~ o n t . pp., 49 f i g s . , 32 t a b . , 22 pl.; W f i r z b u r g ( u n p u b l . ) .
boundary beds, AntiI n s t . Wfirzburg, 1 : 2 8 9
106
Monninger, W. & Schmitt, M. (1975): The s e c t i o n of Tiout: Lithology and algal s t r u c t u r e s . - R~un. Gr. Tray. Limite Pr~cambrien/Cambrien, A g a d i r - R a b a t , 1 9 7 5 : 8 pp.; Rabat (unpubl.). Repina, L. N. (1969): T r i l o b i t y n i z h n e g o k e m b r i y a i s r e d n e g o kembriya yuga Sibiri ( n a d s e m e j s t v o Redlichioidea). C h a s t ' II. - Akad. Nauk SSSR, Sib. Otdel., Trudy Inst. Geol. Geofiz., 6 7 : 1 0 7 pp., 52 figs., pl. I-IV; Moscow. Schmitt, M. (1978): S t r o m a t o l i t e s from t h e Tiout s e c t i o n , P r e c a m b r i a n - C a m b r i a n b o u n d a r y beds, A n t i - A t l a s , Morocco. - Geol. Mag, Special i s s u e , 115(2): 9 5 - 9 9 , 3 figs., pl.; Cambridge. (1979a): The Section of Tiout ( P r e c a m b r l a n / C a m b r i a n Boundary beds, A n t i - A t l a s , Morocco): S t r o m a t o l i t e s a n d t h e i r B i o s t r a t i g r a p h y . - Arb. Pal~ont. i n s t . Wfirzburg, 2 : 1 8 8 pp., 44 figs., 23 pl.; Wfirzburg (unpubl.). (1979b): New s t r o m a t o l i t e s from t h e Late P r e c a m b r i a n of t h e A n t i - A t l a s and from t h e Lower Cambrian of t h e High Atlas, Morocco. - S e n c k e n b e r g . l e t h a e a , 60(1/3): 3 9 - 4 9 , 7 figs., 2 pl.; F r a n k f u r t a. M. Schmitt, M. O. & Monnlnger, W. E. W. (1977): S t r o m a t o l i t e s a n d T h r o m b o t i t e s in P r e c a m b r i a n / C a m b r i a n Boundary Beds of t h e A n t i - A t l a s , Morocco: P r e l i m i n a r y Results. - In: Flfigel, E. (ed.): Fossil Algae: 8 0 - 8 5 , 2 pl.; Berlin, Heidelberg (Springer). Sdzuy, K. (1962): T r i l o b i t e n aus dem U n t e r - K a m b r i u m der Sierra Morena ( S - S p a n i e n ) . S e n c k e n b e r g . leth., 43(3): 181-229, 4 figs., pl. XVIII-XXIII; F r a n k f u r t a. M.
-
(1978): The P r e c a m b r i a n - C a m b r i a n b o u n d a r y beds in Morocco (Preliminary R e port). - Geol. Mag., 115(2): 8 3 - 9 4 , 6 figs., 1 pl.; Cambridge. ---
(1981): Der Beginn des P h a n e r o z o i k u m s - Pal~tobiologische und s t r a t i g r a p h i s c h e Probleme. - Natur und Museum, 111(11): 3 9 0 - 3 9 9 , 20 figs.; F r a n k f u r t a. M.
Semikhatov, M. A. (1977): M6thode p a l ~ o n t o l o g i q u e d a n s la corr61ation du Pr~cambrien s u p ~ r i e u r des r~gions p ~ r i - a t l a n t i q u e s de l'Europe, de l ' A f r i q u e et de l'Am6rique. Estud. Geologicos, 33: 3 6 5 - 3 7 2 ; Madrid. -
Tucker, M. E. (1986): Carbon i s o t o p e e x c u r s i o n s in P r e c a m b r i a n / C a m b r i a n b o u n d a r y beds, Morocco. - Nature, 319(6048): 4 8 - 5 0 , 2 figs.; New York.
PALEOGEOGRAPHY AND FACIES OF THE 'GRES TERMINAUX' (UPPERMOST LOWER CAMBRIAN, ANTI-ATLAS/MOROCCO)
Werner Buggisch & Rainer Siegert Institut for Geologie der Universit&t, Schlo6garten 5, D-8520 Erlangen
Abstract The facies and paleogeography of the uppermost Lower Cambrian of the Anti-Atlas iS described. Five different paleogeographic units were recognized: Fluviatile sandstones in the east, continental to marine facies in the center, marine sediments and volanic rocks in the northwest and interfingering of shallow marine sediments with the 'Delta of Asrir' in the southwest. The Ait Ounein section is separated from the Anti-Atlas by the High Atlas boundary fault. 1, Introduction
Above the first Lower Cambrian regressive megacycle of the Anti-Atlas (S~rie des calcaires inf~rieurs to S~rie lie de vin), a second sedimentary cycle starts with the transgression of the S6rie des calcaires sup6rieurs, Abundant
Fig. 1. Map of the Anti-Atlas showing the studied sections,
108
HUPE 11952)
z o N
W
,,S c h i s t e s
E
& P a r a do x i d e s "
Serie volcano] detritique"of [ssendalen
CHOUBERT 1 (19671 I BOUDDA e~ QI J (1979} I
(GrSs d' Ourmast) .Niveau d' 0uriken-n' 0urmast"
OURMASTtE N I I
Conglomerate of Aguerd N > Z 0 N
Et a g e
d'Asrir
Gr~s
rouges
L,~ ~ c< O u o c >
ASRIRIEN
{
O - >
Z 0
Schistes
de i' l s s a f e n e
,,Calcoi res scoriac~s "
,,CompIexe [SSAFENtEN J
schist eux"
J
I
TI! m Z 0 N
,,S & r i e s c h i s t
o - c a I c a i r es"
AMOUSLEKIEN 1
Tab. 1. Stratigraphy of the uppermost Early Cambrian in the Anti-Atlas. trilobites and archaeocyathid bioherms in these Lower Cambrian sediments are evidence of an open marine environment in the western Anti-Atlas up to the central Anti-Atlas (particularly in the black limestones of the "calcaires de base'). The overlying series (schisto-calcaires, complexe schisteux and gr~s terminaux) mark the second regression in the Lower Cambrian prior to the Middle Cambrian transgression, which covered most parts of the Anti-Atlas. This paper describes the lithology and facies of the clastic sediments below the Middle/Upper Cambrian boundary and outlines paleogeographic maps and facies models of the western and central Anti-Atlas. This investigation is based on 40 sections (Fig. 1) and several hundred samples and thin-sections.
2, Previous work The first survey of the Cambrian in the Anti-Atlas by NELTNER (1938) established the stratigraphic outlines, which are still valid today. Based on trilobites, HUPE(1952) subdivided the Lower Cambrian into different zones and classified the clastic sediments below the Lower/Middle Cambrian boundary as Zone VI to Vllt. The term 'gres terminaux' was established by CHOUBERT (1952) for the sandstones of the trilobite Zone VII. In 1963, he named the sedimentary time point of the gr~s terminaux '6tage d'Asrir', referring to the type locality. The term 'niveau & Micmacca' or 'niveau d'Ourmast' was used for the Lower/Middle Cambrian transition beds. Volcanoclastic intercalations in these sequences were described in the western Anti-Atlas; in the High Atlas they were described by BOUDDA et al. (1974).The biostratigraphy of the Lower to Middle Cambrian boundary beds in the western AntiAtlas was studied in detail by GEYER (1984).
3. Llthostratigraphy The clastic sequences below the Lower/Middle Cambrian boundary are not at all uniform. The variety in lithology
109
~
Serie d'Akerouz
F~
Asririen
Niveau d'0urmast
~
'ssaferfien
0unein j
20,
i
400
S~&rie volcano- d~tritique
Astir
60 i
6,0~
Cornplexe schisteux
Khenig
km i
Aguerd
m
I~?
Tat(]
Air Sedrat
Akerouz
÷ 4- ..-.:-:~. -.-:7.-' Jr • ¢.-1 ~, 44-
-h/j/'~.' 4 f//.z
Fig. 2. Sections across the depositional area of the 'gr@sterminaux' in the Anti-Atlas.
documents a differentiated depositional area with an inferfingering of terrestrial and shallow marine sediments. In order to classify the different units, new terms will be introduced (underlined in Tab. 1) and existing terms will be defined more precisely in this paper. The term 'gr@s terminaux' is applied as a generic term for sandstones of the trilobite ZoneVIl. Five different paleogeographic units were recognized within the trilobite Zone VII (HUPE 1952) in the Anti-Atlas: (1) The eastern Anti-Atlas (between Foum Zguid/Tazenakht and Erfoud). This area is characterized by fluviatiie sandstones. (2) The central Anti-Atlas (between Tata and Foum Zguid) with the transition from continental to madne facies. (3) The northwestern Anti-Atlas (region of Tiznit-Taroudant) distinguished by marine sediments and thick volcanic sequences. (4) The southwestern Anti-Atlas (Tan-Tan, Goulimime, Bou Izakarn) characterized by the interfingedng of the 'Delta of Asrir' with shallow marine sediments. (5) The Ait Ounein section is situated north of the southern Atlas boundary fault and cannot be clearly correlated with the sections of the Anti-Atlas.
3.1. Eastern Anti-Atlas A 70 m thick sequence of white and grey sandstones alternating with red-violet mudstones is exposed in the
110
easternmost section of the Anti-Atlas about 60 km WNW of Erfoud. This S~rie d'Akerouz (Gdorgien continental) consists of laminated or sometimes cross-bedded sandstones. The bed thickness is about one meter. The grainsize parameters (mean = 0.06-1.0 mm; sorting and skewness) indicate transportation and sedimentation in slowly moving water• Pedogenic broken quartz-grains (PI. 1, Fig. 1) floating in a carbonate matrix indicate temporary sedimentation above the ground water table under arid conditions (caliche). The upper Lower Cambrian of the other sections of the eastern Anti-Atlas are characterized by the succession: gr&s d'Ourmast gr~s rouges complexe schisteux Red-violet mudstones, siltstones and thin-bedded fine-grained sandstones are typical of the comDlexe schisteux. Frequent ripple marks, small-scale cross-bedding, desiccation cracl~ and casts of halite argue for a depositional environment with occasional water currents, high salinity and abundant desiccation (lagoon to salt marsh, REINECK 1985).
3.1.1. Gr&s rouges The gr&s rouges are the typical 'gr&s terminaux' in the eastern Anti-Atlas. They consist of light-red, thin-bedded, 20 -
300 cm thick layers of fine-grained sandstones forming up to 15 m thick units. These units wedge out laterally
after short distances (maximum width about 300 m). Erosion channels with a few meters in width (point bars), layers
3z°7iVlar r akech 0 /~
. ..: .i'..'~ ~
' ...
'-'
)uorzozate
'/: i ' : . " . i . " . : . : - : : . . " : " . ' . ::. " A g a d i r / o Set ~u " d~t~ ~,t'~que "'7 7 '
~
\ g
o. ~Oei~.a
o ~o o:i o /xs o
o
o/ o
0
100 ~,m
0
o
}
I
I0 Q
90
......J_ 8~
7~
6 ~
Fig. 3. Paleocurrent pattern according to the interpretation of cross-bedding orientation.
5 °
111
Y °o o
I
/
/
|
gr~s d'Ourmost
~_000
/
Y
000 oo~
Y
C 0
a •
o
o
o o
oo o
o
o o
10
/
)
I00 o
/
schistes de l'lsscdene 100
1000~um
~tage d'Asrir M
Fig. 4. CM-patterns in the Passega-diagram.
with mud pebbles and asymmetric current ripples with a wave length of a few centimeters up to more than one meter are frequently observed. Arched trough-shaped cross-bedded sand bodies, several meters wide and about 50 cm thick, are typical of the gr~s rouges. Statistical measurements of cross-beddings (Fig. 3) indicate a W or WSW directed transport in outcrops at the southern margin of the Jebel Sarhro and W or WNW directed transport in the vicinity of the anticline (boutonniere) of Bou Azzer - El Graara. The sandstones are fine-grained (Md 0.06-0.07 mm), sorting is good to medium with a predominance of the fine-grained fraction; roundness ranges from rounded to subrounded. The pattern of the CM-diagram ranges from 'uniform' transport to 'graded suspension' (Fig. 4). According to the diagram of PETTIJOHN et al. (1973) the sandstones of the gr~s rouges are classified as 'arcosic arenites' or 'subarcoses' (Fig. 5, PI. 1, Figs. 2,3). The quartz content increases and the matrix content decreases from E to W. About 50 - 60% of the sandstones consist of quartz. Metamorphic quartz grains are unimportant in comparison with the non-metamorphic volcanic quartz with sharp extinction and resorption features which make up the bulk of the grains. At the southern margin of the anticline of the Jebel Sarhro, only 25 to 30% of
!12
I
quartz arenite
II
subarkose
]JI IV V VT VII
VII
(')uar tz
100%
A reni tes
Wackes
, sublith[c arenite / ~ arkosicarenJte lithic arenite quartzwacke fel dspafhic graywackeacke ~ ~ lithic gra ywacke / ~
..... /;.
50%
o ~eQY///
50%
100%
y
v
y
v
100%
Feldspar
Rock Fragments
"~ gr~'s rouges
v
•
~tc~ge d'Asrir
*
congtornerate d'Aguerd
•
gr~'s d' Ourrnast
Fig. 5. Classification of the upper Lower Cambrian sandstones.
the quartz grains exhibit undulatory extinction, whilst in the vicinity of the anticline of Bou Azzer - El Graara the amount of undulatory quartz grains is about 40%. Feldspars (plagioclase, orthoclase and microcline) make up about 20 - 30% of the sandstones. Rock fragments (up to 10%) consist of metamorphics and plutonics. The gr~s rouges are cemented by syntaxial overgrowth of detritic quartz and feldspar grains (PL 1, Figs. 2, 3). Two different source areas probably existed in the NE and SE according to the data from current directions and the modal composition of the gr~s rouges. The sandstones were deposited in braided river systems. The thickness of the sections Tazlaft and Talioulat (Fig. 2) indicates an increased rate of subsidence in this area. The base of these sections consists of bioturbated calcareous arenites; typical cross-bedding ismissing. The thick sequences of the eastern Anti-Atlas probably represent lake deposits. Recent braided rivers are usually characterized by the dominance of coarse-grained sand and gravel (REINECK & SINGH 1980), but fine-grained sediments are described as well, for instance from the Brahmaputra and the Mekong river (COLEMAN 1969; MORGAN 1970).
3.1.2. Gr~s d'Ourmast Dark or black, medium-grained to coarse-grained sandstones interbedded with thin green-black to dark-viobt mudstones occur at the base of the 'niveau d'Ourmast'. This formation is named 'gr~s d'Ourmast' in this paper. It is overlain by light-green mudstones and coquinas of fossils of the 'br~cche ~ Micmacca'. The thickness of the gr~s d'Ourmast varies considerably (Fig. 6). The orientation of cross-bedding suggests a NE - SW directed pattern of usually unimodal paleocurrents ; a NW - SE transport is measured in one section (IG = Ighels 21 Km NE Tazenakht). Asymmetric ripples and mud pebbles are common. Bioturbation and grazing trails can be observed in the upper part of the gr~s d'Ourmast. These horizons are partly cemented by carbonates and they
113
• MARRAKECH
A~(×I
Fig. 6. Thickness of the gr~s d'Ourmast.
~0 S QUARZAZATE HM
.o
TI
"// TZ.
1
,AZ
JB SD -
%~
TA
~ ~
~-
/ "
/
.I, .o.\ i B5
/
MR"
Ii TATA "T
may contain fossil fragments (trilobites, archaeocyathids and echinoderms). A different facies of the gr~s d'Ourmast is exposed in the Targant section (Tr). Lenticular and flaser bedding and small-scale cross-bedding of mudstones and fine-grained sandstones are attributes of a muddy to sandy tidal flat (REINECK 1972). The grain-size is not uniform: rolling and traction transport and transport in uniform to graded suspension is documented in CM-diagrams (Fig. 4). Whereas rolling transport dominated in the eastern Anti-Atlas, water energy decreased towards the central Anti-Atlas. In this area, fluvial transport was obviously unimportant in comparison with transport by waves and marine currents. The gr~s d'Ourmast are composed of dominating undulate quartz grains, not-undulate quartz, rock fragments (20 %)> feldspars (10-20%) and abundant matrix (up to 30%). According to the diagram (Fig. 5), the gr~s d'Ourmast consist of lithic and arcosic arenites and arcosicwackes. The depositional environment of the gr~s d'Ourmast was predominantly fluviatile in the E with increasing marine influence toward the W and toward the top of the sections (beach and delta sediments in the central Anti-Atlas and tidal flat deposits at Targant).
3.2. Central Anti-Atlas The facies of the gr~s rouges interfingers with the sediments of the 6tage d'Asrir in the central Anti-Atlas. A change in color from red to green is combined with the facies change. Cross-bedding measurements give evidence of a SW transport direction in the E, whereas the bimodal paleocurrent patterns in the sections IT and TT are indicative of an estuary or probably tidal-dominateddelta environment. 3.3. Southwestern Anti-Atlas The sedimentation of the southwestern Anti-Atlas is mainly influenced by the 'Delta of Asrir". The following facies units and formations can be distinguished: 1. Basin sediments 'schistes de I'lssaf~ne' 'S~rie de Jebel Tichinchine' 2. Bar and platform sediments 'Calcaires scoriac~s'
114
3. Delta sediments:
'etage d'Asrir' 'conglomerate d'Aguerd'
3.3.1. Schistes de rlssaf~ne The up to 350 m thick sequence consists of 25 m thick units of green mudstones and up to 3 m thick limestones. Crystal tufts occur in some layers. The fine-grained sediments are usually laminated, occasionally crossbedded and frequently bioturbated. According to the CM-diagram (Fig. 4), the sediment transport is to be classified as 'pelagic' to 'uniformly suspended' (PASSEGA 1964). The mudstones and siltstones are composed of quartz and feldspar grains floating in a matrix of carbonate, chlorite and sericite. The cystal tufts consist of plagioclase, sanidine, orthoclase and rock fragments. The feldspars are altered to sericite and carbonates. The reddish brown, massive, meter-thick sandy carbonate units consist of quartz and feldspar containing biosparites with trilobites, echinoderms and archaeocyathids (PI. 1, Fig. 4). Chlorite and oxychlorite are neomorphic in fossil shells. The schistes de I'lssaf~ne are open marine basin sediments deposited belowthe wave base.
3.3.2. Etage d'Asrir The ~tage d'Asrir can be correlated with the gr~s rouges. The up to 70 m thick basal sandstones are overlain by green mudstones in alternation with sandstones. The ~tage d'Asrir is overlain by the conglomerate of Aguerd or by the S~rie volcano-d6tdtique.The transition to the Middle Cambrian 'schistes & Paradoxides' is continuous in some sections of the western Anti-Atlas. While cross-bedding shows bimodal, E-W directed current patterns in the sections IT, T and TZ, no clear direction can be recognized in the western sections. The mean of the grain sizes varies from silt to coarse sand; the sorting is poor to good. All possibilities from rolling transport to uniform suspension are shown in the CM-diagram (Fig. 4). Accordingly, the modal composition is very inhomogeneous. Corresponding to the variability of the (~tage d'Asrir, the sediments were deposited in different environments as follows: ~38~
~
AGAO,R 8S~AL(~001/ / ~62/ ~
/
/
()./
~ 4 0 ~ elB
/
•
, O TATA
S Anti-Atlas:
predominantlagoon
SWAnti-Atlas:
prodeltato delta plat-
NWAnti-Atlas:
form shelftoshore, pyro-
The source area of the 'delta of Asrir' is situated south of the Anti-Atlas where mainly metamorphic rocks and inter-
/
mediate to basic volcanics were eroded. It is still an open question as to where
/ /
~e GOULrMIME eL
(3)
e" ~ - ~
I ~ '%0~/
the source area for the sediments of the 0 ~
50 ,
lOOkm
northwestern Anti-Atlas was situated.
,
Local emersion combined with erosion • K [2]
Fig. 7. Thickness of the Serie volcano-d~tritique.
evidence the redistribution of sediments in this area.
115
3.3.3. Conglomerate of Aguerd In the sections Aguerd (A), Asrir (AS), Khenig (K), and Tata (T) the etage d'Asrir is overlain by a 10 - 20 m thick sequence of massive quartzitic coarse sandstones and conglomerates. Planar and through-shaped cross-beds and scour fills indicate NE to NW directed paleocurrents. 65 - 95% of the components consist of quartz (recrystallized metaquartzites, volcanic quartz grains with embayments); feldspars and rock fragments are less abundant (Pi. 1, Fig. 5). The basal units of the conglomerate d'Aguerd were deposited in a littoral environment evidenced by the occurrence of Scolithos. Sedimentary structures and granulometric parameters substantiate a fluviatile environment for the sedimentation of the upper units. Therefore, the conglomerates of Aguerd probably represent the topsets of the Delta of Asrir.
3.4. Northwestern Anti-Atlas and Ait Ounein Only marine environment is known in the northwestern Anti-Atlas for the late Upper Cambrian and the Middle Cambrian period.
3.4.1. Calcaires scoriac#s The approximately 100 m thick reddish brown limy marls contain a rich fauna. A direct terrigenous influx cannot be observed; the few lithoclasts are of volcanic origin. Possibly, the calcaires scoriac~s were deposited on a submarine rise which separated the depositional area of the schistes de I'lssaf6ne from the open marine.
3.4.2. Series of Jebel Tichinchine The depositional area of the series of the Jebel Tichinchine is situated between the Delta of Asrir and the open marine northwestern Anti-Atlas. Green slaty mudstones with intercalated decimeter-thick limestones alternate with thin fine-grained sandstones. The increasing abundance of crystal tuffs in the upper part of the section is indicative of a correlation with the S~rie volcano-d~tritique. Biosparites and oolites (section BI) confirm a sedimentation in an open marine shallow water at the base of these sections. Other sedimentary structures indicate deposition below the wave base and a reduced environment within the sediment (pyrite). The area of deposition probably represents a partly restricted offshore basin.
3.4.3. S6rie volcano-d~tritique The Lower Cambrian section Amouslek (AL) is well known for its abundance of fossils. The section is situated about 30 km SW of Taroudant at the southern border of the Souss Plain. The S6rie volcano-d~tritique d'Jebel Issendalen is exposed at the top of the complete section. This series is known throughout the northwestern AntiAtlas. Some horizons of volcanics can even be traced south of Goulimime. The thickness amounts to approximately 100 m in the type section, decreasing towards the southwest and east (Fig. 7). Multiple eruption cycles characterize this series. Each cycle starts with splintery green tuffites, overlain by up to 10 m thick coarse-grained volcanoclastics. The cycle terminates with a I om thick horizon of precipitated iron oxides. The base o! the tuffitic layers consists of closely packed pyroclastic material (fragments of devitrified volcanic
116
E~
Ubergangsfozies
Festlend calcoires
~ ] F~
,,gres rouges"
scorieces"
schistes del'lssefene" Korbonete +Tonsiltsteine . . $ c h i s t e s del I s s a f e n e ' " Tonsiltsteine .complexe
E-~
,,gres d ' 0 u r m o s V '
E~
,,Serie v.Jbel
+
+ +
+
,,6foge d'Asrir"Sondst.
hi-
/I
M"
/~LT •
/-I-
I --
'-- . . . . . . .
~s~ - - , _ - ~ - R C T ± 7 -
.
.
_~7 _
--
--
I I
-- / . . . . . . .
__
--
~ . . . .
--I--l--I--
I--
.
I.~T'IBIYl)
Iz:Ti 7 ~
I--I
- - TATA l
--
I-
,
'i--l--l--
-
T IT~T~-
"Z+_TfT,'-Z~Z
~--
I-- /
s-
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
. . .
. - - -
.
? --
-
. . . .
TT----7 . . . .
--
~
-
7
+
+
+
+
--'T-- C T L .
.
.
/
+
+
4-
+
. . . . +
+
+
+
I-- ?
L 7 ] -- ] ---~Y__
.
~
+ ,ULIMIM[:-- l - -- ~ --T --T
.'~_ . - -
~k--
~
,IT_I . . . . . . . .
. . . .
~
TkZk~°-'= ~ ! T - ~ T ±
T~'-?aLTLT-~.~
~. 7_
.
.
I--
-
'AK(X) -~.
;TW ' g d . ~.. f~ z - - A 7 .
.
] - - ,~ - - ~ . U -
~
.
T L: *TA . . . . . . . . . Q-0-AR Z A Z A TE . . . . .HM -- -TI .... JB . . . . . . . . . . . . . . qG----ifi "s~ . . . . . . . . . . . . . - - ' ~ o ou . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ]T_D--"--'FO-7------" . ~ - - C Z " ~-KH . . . .
l-I-~-~
%
.
"0-- - I .... /. . . . --?~ -- --/ . . . . . . . . ----AM"
--I--
I --
--
~-~ . . . . .
.
Houptsc hQttungs richtung
r~ " M _ ~ _
I--
.
I~
g - I - - , - - i - I -
/--
+ ~.. -/"
Bioherme
l--l--I--I--I--V
I -I
+
E~
} (_ " k k~,AGADRL--I--i--I./-I r --I . .
/
+
+
+
.,Serie vo[coao-detritique"
,,etoge d'Asrir" TonsilsL
'1 - -
RACH]DIA
ER +
+
, , K o n g l o m e r o t e v. A g u e r d "
schisteux"
/
+
Tichinchine"
--
"
--
p '
--
O--
5'0
100kin
Fig. 8. Paleogeography of the Issaf6nien.
AFI
+
+
+
+
+
• MARRAKECH
.....................
4
.
&
_
/
/
/
/ ........ /
:
?:"Oa ........... ~
f /~÷
--
:.~ ....
" .......
......
............
---K--
T[ I
//'v '
'
.S.v m
, "JB . . . . . . . . . . . .
"so . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
.'FO . . . . . . . . . . . ..KH . . . . . .
"LI"OM"
. .
~:..-.@>:.~>~i : :~ :.:,~:: :~.: . : IT'"~r~".". "''~,,' ~.
) ........... S ! ' f y , , - - ~ , ' / +
4.
" T/~TA...
\" . "
'.. : ": /
r~
" --
. +
.
. +
. +
. +
+
,o
,oo~
, . . . . . '~ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
11
I
Fig. 9. Paleogeography of the Asririen.
~.
/'ER
°0jNS0 . . . . . . . . . . . .
//,~ ?..>TRA M
~.~+. I ~ ~ "-,,_-.-......... ...-:../ ~ I * Z ÷ ] + I*J-"f'~'. ". . . . . . . I I t L + . ~ t ] L , - : A ............... ) {
....................... "
:H ......
- ~ T ~
>'"/2~"']!'~':~',
i~,~: .................~,.7-.--..: /
/ . . . . . . . JBIY)Z--~--:L-~..'&:
/
..........
/
\.
_
. . . . .
...... ,~"~'i~':-~
/ ~ 7- - /::~ ...... / " ' " ~ --
.o _
.....................
~pAGADIR }
_
/
o
+
RACHIDIA
117
SAFI ERRACHIDrA
~
....
~ - - ~ / ADIR/ / --
\
', " . ' .
/,~'.0~
-"~-
,~:!~::::J
"" .
..
~ "
~1~.
,~;."I,~s~ . . . . . . . . . . . .
"." " . " "
.G~. . . . . .
IT1" oT~A
/
,I'1
+
+
oJ/o .,_/o.,~p
....T.L..T~..-
.
/ ~ j . . . . . . ', ,TZ • 'SO . . . . . . . . . . . . . /~ /\/'" .... ''Td.'..[F~).. . . . . . . . . / " // . . . . . . . , " ,ffi,,f :LI (~M " "KH . . . . . . . . . . . .
"OB/;/
.~--,~Jo
"
IOUARZAZATE gB "
.... ,
\
-~ ~
f
".'...
...... '
. , . , ,
""
.....
+
.
/I~
+
.
.
....
4-
.
o o o%=o°o ~ O o O
o~'X\
o
o
l/ o /A
o
Fig. 10. Paleogeography at the boundary Asririen/Ourmastien.
SAFI
+
•
MARRAKECH
~
#
ERRACHID[A+ 4-
.,~.+.+.-~'-., / ~ { X )
:.:::::::::::';F.~ ~ .~o .... 1::::::.:: :T[_' .~'.~"~ " ::: -
/
~ .
"/
/"~
\
/
/
.o~ \
/
/
/
/
~--L/O'.AS
/_
--
_/. o
./
. . . . . . OUARZAZATE .JB +:+ ,+/~\0~ \
--
--
--
'HM
+.+.+
TI+.+SD
÷.+
/o.~
\
- ° I _--_--_:-.T~G : ~o÷oy.L",:: + ~ , -
""
//
,
77 -
'es
MR..
--7~,oO--/
."
i',ir
i
+
+
+
+
_##_ ;- - - -~ - - ' T- R_Ol o s //(3 ° -=-~
/~-~P.~o~ /~--~.~'eGOULLMIME O~
/--
. /
~.
o
o
o
o
~~o °o o oll , .// o u°
~1o
o
^ ~ o L ~X o o
\ t
o
o
o//o
o
//o
~1o o //-
°o oo ))o°o7/o
Fig. 11. Pa]eogeography of the Ourmastien.
'o
,o
+
+
118
glasses). Dispersed chlorite, calcite and ore form the matrix. Non-vulcanogenetic compounds (for instance metaquartzites) become more frequent towards the top. The coarse-grained unit (PI. 1, Fig 6) is composed of trachytic rock fragments in a tuffaceous matrix. The S~rie volcano-detritique was deposited in a shallow marine basin by pyroclastic turbidites and ash-falls. The location of the eruption center cannot be definitely determined; CHOUBERT & FAURE-MURET (1956) supposed that this eruption center was situated about 1O0 km east of Agadir.
4. Conclusions 4.1. Serie d'lssaf~ne (Trilobite Zone IV-VI) (Fig. 8) Three lithologic units can be distinguished: the comptexe schisteux in the eastern Anti-Atlas, the schistes de I'lssaf~ne and the calcaires scodac~s in the western Anti-Atlas. The facies of the reddish mudstones of the compiexe schisteux
extends over several hundred kilometers
without a major change. The sediments were deposited in a flat lagoon or flute plain under aride climate. The unit complexe schisteux might have been deposited diachronously. The transition into lithology of the schistes de I'lssaf~ne is located east of Tata. Green mudstones, crystal tufts and intercalated carbonate horizons are predominant west of this boundary. Trilobites indicate an open marine environment for the schistes de I'lssaf~ne. The distinct increase in pyroclastics point to an intensified volcanic activity in the western Anti-Atlas. The carbonates of the calcaires scoriac~s were deposited on top of a wide submarine ridge in the westernmost part of the Anti-Atlas. This ridge probably separated the depostitional area of the schistes de I'lssaf~ne from the open ocean (Japetus ocean?).
4.2. Asririen (Trilobite Zone VII) (Fig. 9) The pattern of sedimentation is completely different in the Asririen. Whereas mudstones prevailed in the S6rie de I'lssat~ne, the Asririen is characterized by fine-grained detrital sediments which were distributed by several river systems into the Anti-Atlas basin. Two river systems can be traced in the eastern Anti-Atlas. The first exhibits a nearly E-W directed flow regime and the second a dominance of SE-NW sediment transport. Both river systems of the gr~s rouges represent the type of 'braided river' with slow water flow. The fluviatile facies of the gr~s rouges gradually passes into the marine sandstones of the ~tage d'Asrir in the central Anti-Atlas. Sediments of a tidal-dominated delta are found in the transitional area. During the same period, the Delta of Asrir developed in the southwestern Anti-Atlas prograding towards the marine basin in the north. The conglomerates of Aguerd represent the littoral to tluviatile topset bed of the Delta of Asrir. They are exposed throughout a width of appr. 300 km at the southern margin of the Anti-Atlas. The area of Issaf~ne is characterized by local erosion and redepostition of the sediments. The mudstones of the ~tage d'Asrir were deposited outside of the influx of sand. The carbonates of the S~rie d'Jebel Tichinchine were deposited in the former sedimentation area of the calaires scoriac~s. The upper Asririen exhibits an intensified volcanic activiy leading to an increased deposition of volcanoclastics.
119
Fig. 12. Model of the upper Lower Cambrian deposition area in the Anti-Atlas.
4.3. Transition Asririen - Ourmastien (Trilobite Zone VII - VIII) (Fig. 10) A new transgressive cycle of sedimentation started with the deposition of the gr~s d'Ourmast. The source area of these series was located in the north, in the region of the present-day High Atlas. The gr#s d'Ourmast wedge out towards the W. They are replaced by only few meters of mudstones and siltstones. The volcanic activity increased considerably in the western Anti-Atlas. The up to 100 m thick S6rie volcanod6tritique was formed by eruptions with submarine currents of pyroclastics and a considerable amount of ash-fall. The Delta of Asdr reached its maximum extent at the Asririen - Ourmastien boundary.
4.4. Ourmastien (Trilobite Zone Viii) (Fig. 11) Coquina horizons intercalated within the increasingly more fine-grained sediments of the gr~s d'Ourmast indicate the transgression of the sea which covered nearly the entire Anti-Atlas - with the exception of some areas in the SE and E. The prograding of the Delta of Asrir terminated. The volcanic activity decreased in the northwestern AntiAtlas. The schistes & Paradoxides are indicative of the Middle Cambrian transgression which considerably exceeded the former area of sedimentation in the Anti-Atlas.
120
•
~
•
~,i~!~~~ii!i~i~
........ ~,~' ~!
~ii~ ~
~, ~ 4 : , ~
~, i.,~
~i~i~~.~!,~ ~'! '~'ii~
i!I
~ ~:~
i;~~~ "~ ~
~i~i
~
,',~
121
Plate 1: Uthology of the 'gr~s terminaux' (thin sections of Figs. 1 - 3, and 5 with crossed nicols;Figs. 1,4 - 6: scale = 1 mm, Figs. 2, 3: scale = 0.1 mm) Fig. 1.
Pedogenic broken quartz within a carbonate matrix. S(~rieof Akerouz (sample AK 11).
Fig. 2. Gres rouges. Detrital quartz cemented by secondary quartz overgrowth (sample AM 32). Fig. 3. Grl~,srouges. Detrital feldspar with secondary feldspar overgrowth (sample AZ). Fig. 4. Schistes de I'lssaf~ne. Sandy biosparite with echinoderms and trilobites (sample A 11). Fig.&
Congbmerate d'Aguerd. Component of partly recrystallized metaquartzite (sample T 16).
Fig. 6. S~rie volcano-d~tritique. Lithic arenite composed of reworked volcanic rock fragments (sample AL 18).
Acknowledgment The authors are indebted to the authorities of Morocco - particularly to Dr. Bensaid and M. Dahmani of the Minist~re de I'Energie et des Mines - for the permission to work in the Anti-Atlas and for support during fieldwork. We,gratefully acknowledge financial support from the Deutsche Forschungsgemeinschaft (Bu 312-10/1-2). Furthermore, we wish to thank H. Bogle for the translation and proof reading.
References BOUDDA, A., CHOUBERT, G. & FAURE-MURET, A. (1974): Note au sujet des 'gres terminaux' du Cambrien inf~rieur de rAnti-Atlas et de la transgression du Cambrien moyen. - C. R. somm. Soc. g~ol. France, 5, 138140; Paris CHOUBERT, G. (1952): Histoire g~ologique du domaine de rAnti-Atlas. - Not. M6m. Serv. g~ol. Maroc, 1 0 0 , 7 7 194; Rabat (1963): Histoire geologique du Precambrien de I'Anti-Atlas. - Not. M~m. Sew. g6ol. Maroc, 162,352 pp.; Rabat CHOUBERT,
G. &
FAURE-MURET, A. (1956): L'activit6 volcanique de la fin du G(~orgien dans I'Anti-Atlas et le Haut
Atlas occidentaux. - C. R. Acad. Sci. Pads, 242, 2735-2738; Paris COLEMAN, J. M. (1969): Brahmaputra river, channel processes and sedimentation. - Sed. Geol., 3, 129-239; Amsterdam GEYER, G. (1984): Biostratigraphische und systematisch- pal~ontologische Untersuchungen im Grenzbereich Unter-/Mittelkambrium von Marokko. - Diss. Univ. W0rzburg, 229 pp.; W0rzburg HUPE, P. (1952): Contribution & I'~tage du Cambrien inf(~rieur et du Pr6carnbrien Ill de I'Anti-Atlas marocain. - Not. M~m. Sew. g{}ol Maroc, 103, 402 pp.; Rabat MORGAN, J. P. (1970): Depositional processes and products in the deltaic environment. - In: MORGAN, J. P. (ed): Deltaic sedimentation. - SEPM Spec. Paper, 15, 31-47; Tulsa NELTNER, L. (1938): Etudes g~ologiques dans le sud Marocain. - Not. M6m. Serv. g0ol. Maroc, 42, 298 pp.; Rabat PASSEGA, R. (1964): Grain size representation by CM-pattern as a geological tool. - J. Sed. Petrol., 34, 830-847; Menasha PETTIJOHN, F. J., POTTER, P. E. & SIEVER, R. (1973): Sand and Sandstones. - 618 pp.; Heidelberg (Springer) REINECK, H. E. (1972): Tidal flats. - SEPM Spec. Paper, 17,146-159; Tulsa --
(1985) Aktuogeologie klastischerSedimente. - 348 pp.; Frankfurt (Kramer)
REINECK, H. E. & SINGH, I. B. (1980): Depositional sedimentary environments. - 451 pp.; Heidelberg (Springer)
DIAGENESIS AND VERY LOW-GRADE METAMORPHISM OF THE LOWER CAMBRIAN ROCKS IN THE ANTI-ATLAS (MOROCCO)
Werner Buggisch Institut f0r Geologie, Universit&t Erlangen-N0rnberg, SchloBgarten 5, D-8520 Erlangen
Abstract The diagenesis and the very low-grade metamorphism of the 'gr~s terminaux' in the Anti-Atlas were studied on the basis of the 'crystallinity' of illite and the deformation of quartz. The illite crystallinity improves from E to W. The quartz cements of the quartzitic sandstones are not deformed in the eastern Anti-Atlas. Undulation of quartz cement is observed in the central Anti-Atlas. The deformation increases towards the WSW where subgrains of quartz are found in quartz veins.
Introduction The diagenesis and the very low-grade metamorphism (WINKLER 1967) were studied in the strata of the AntiAtlas on the basis of clay minerals, 'illite crystallinity', authigenic minerals and the grade of quartz deformation. The stratigraphy, paleogeography and facies of the Lower Cambrian strata are discussed by BUGGISCH & FLOGEL and BUGGISCH & SIEGERT (this volume). The illite crystallinity was measured in one section containing strata from the 'S@de des calcaires inf@rieurs' to the 'gr@s terminaux' of the central Anti-Atlas, in order to analyse the influence of the sedimentary environment. The quartz deformation and the illite crystallinity were studied in the gr~s terminaux between Erfoud in the E and Agadir and Tiglit in the W in order to establish the regional pattern of the diagenesis and very low-grade metamorphism.
Phyllosilicates The clay mineral association of the eastern Anti-Atlas is dominated by illite and mixed layer minerals. Furthermore montmorillonite and kaolinite were detected in the X-ray diffraction records. The stability of kaolinite and its replacement by illite and chlorite depends considerably on the K+/H + and (Mg++ + Fe++)/H+ concentration ratios (KISCH 1983). Therefore, the disappearance of kaolinite is documented in many deep wells at depths between 2000 m (90o C) and more than 5100 m (180o C), but not at as great a depth as the appearance of anchizonal illite "crystallinities" (references summarized in KISCH 1983). An overburden pressure has already resulted from more than 3000 m thick Middle Cambrian and Ordovician sediment in the region south of Ouarzazate. Therefore, the new formation of kaolinite during weathering (Cretaceous or later) must be taken into consideration as well. Chlorite is the main phyllosilicate in the upper Early Cambrian sediments of the western Anti-Atlas. The chlorites which were frequently altered to oxychlorites replaced detrital micas as well as fossil shells. The replacement of mica by chlorite is known from the diagenesis and the 'early metagenesis' (KARPOVA 1969 after KISCH 1983: Fig. 5-9). The matrix of the clastic sediments in the western Anti-Atlas is composed of authigenic chlorite and illite. Intergrowth of quartz, chlorite and illite/sericite forming 'beards' can be obsewed in thin sections of rock samples from the southwesternmost Anti-Atlas (PI. 1, Fig. 6, 7).
124
UNI
T S
<2p thick
<2~ t hin Z deviotion
F• 2 e]
meon
GRES TERMINAUX
('4
vv
"I
CALCAIRES
°1
I
SUPERIEURS
E :L c~
I
c
~-~E
LIE DE
cg v
:m
:r :L :1
VIN
CALCA[RES
I NFERIEURS ,
3
2
i
3
4
Fig. 1. 'lllite crystallinity' in the Lower Cambrian rocks of the section Ait Mrabt (AM of Fig. 1 in BUGGISCH & SIEGERT, this volume) in the central Anti-Atlas with alternating marine carbonates and mudstones and fluviatile sandstones.
Formation of authigenic minerals The overburden was sufficient to mobilize quartz by pressure solution. In this way, enough SiC 2 was available for cementation. Authigenic overgrowth of feldspar (plagioclase and orthoclase) is also common in the central and eastern Anti-Atlas. GASSNER (1986) described the alteration of olivine to chrysotile along fissures in volcanic rocks which are intercalated in the 'S~rie des calcaires inf~rieurs' west of the 'boutonniere of Bou Azzer-EI Graara'. Chrysotile was formed due to hydrothermal solutions which were probably autometamcrphically produced during the cooling of the lava. Chrysofile becomes instable in the greenschist facies. Therefore, later heating never exceeded the temperatures of the very low-grade metamorphism in this area. 'lllite crystallinity' The sharpness of the illite (001) diffraction peak at 10 A becomes more pronounced with an increasing degree of burial diagenesis. Therefore, the sharpness of this peak was used as a parameter of the incipient metamorphism by WEAVER (1961). Later, the width at half peak was used as a scale of the 'illite crystallinity' (KUBLER 1967, WEBER 1972). In this paper, the delta 2 theta value of the width at half diffraction peak of the 10 .~ peak is measured (CuKO~).
125
Marrokech •
~
G ~
~
Agadir~AAz~
~. ix
~
A
-
•
AmTL
/
/
G a
~/
~.
~-~ /--~-
/
~
'/~(~
.....
[] ---(~--13 Q
~
A AA A ~~
__ ~weQR orno undu[ationofquartz
O
Marrakech •
z~ Erfoud
A~h Z~
~I~O~Y ~'O~Y
/
S /
Ouarzazate A A
~ ~
--
ix ~
"~
ix
flattened ooids
L ~
"~
Ouo.rzozate
ix ~
s
/
[~ Erf °eu
[]
.O
100 Km
ILLITE CRYSTALLINITY;
[]
A 2e
<20 /
x.v
A
onty few data
2O
Fig. 2. 'lllite crystallinity' of the fraction < 2 p.m and quartz deformation in the upper Early Cambrian 'gr~s terminaux' of the Anti-Atlas. IlUtevalues measured as delta 2 theta of the (001 ) peak.
The value of 'illite crystallinity' depends considerably on the experimental methods, e.g. the preparation of samples and X-ray diffraction conditions (KISCH 1980, BUGGISCH 1986).The fractions < 2 p.m and << 2 #m were pipetted off from 0.01 n ammonia solutions after suitable settling periods, and sedimented on glass slides. Preparations of varied thickness (TEICHMOLLER et al. 1979) were used because of the dependence of the peak width on the thickness of the preparations. The samples were measured with a Philips X-ray diffractometer (generator PW 1729: fine focus tube 20 KV, 30 mA; diffractometer PW 1840 with automatically variable divergenceslit: speed 0.005/2 theta/min, chart 50 mm/2 theta, range lx103 - 5xl 03, TC 5 sec, slit 0.2 mm). The measured peak widths are narrower than those of KUBLER (1967), WEBER (1972) or even KISCH (1980) depending on the thickness of the preparations and diffractometer conditions. The peak width depends on the grain-size of the preparations as well. Broadening of the peaks is observed when very small grain sizes are used. Some detrital mica might still remain present in the fraction <2 p.m. The mode of preparation is always a compromise between different sources of errors. Therefore, the value of the 'illite crystallinity' is taken only as a relative parameter in this paper.
126
The 'illite crystallinity' is poor in the eastern Anti-Atlas and improves in the western Anti-Atlas (Fig. 2). The transition zone is relatively narrow. The best sharpness of the 10 ~, peaks is observed in the southwesternmost Anti-Atlas. The improvement of the illite crysfallinity coincides with the transition from fluviatile to marine facies of the sediments. The crystallinity was studied in a section with alternating continental and marine strata (Fig. 1) in order to examine whether the improvement of the illite crystallinity is dependant on the sedimentary environment or on the burial metamorphism. The illite (001) peak of thin < 2#m preparations is a little bit broader in the fluviatile strata of the studied section compared with the marine sediments. The change in the sharpness of the illite peak from E to W is much more significant than the dependency on the environment. Therefore, the improved 'illite crystallinity' is due to a higher overburden or to an increased stress in the western Anti-Atlas.
Deformation and subgrain formation of quartz The behavior of quartz depends on stress and temperature (VOLL 1960, 1969; MAJORIBANKS 1976; BELL & ETHERIDGE 1976 and ETHERIDGE & WILKIE 1981). The quartz grains of the gr#s terminaux are affected only by a weak pressure solution in the eastern Anti-Atlas. Only weak or no undulation of volcanic quartz grains or of quartz cement is observed in thin sections from this area. Undulation of the quartz grains and of the authigenic overgrowth of quartz is common west of the line TazenakhtFoum Zguid (Fig. 2). This boundary coincides more or less with the area in which the 'illite crystallinity' distinctly improves. Increasing stress is documented by the deformation lamellae of quartz and by the loss of quartz cement due to pressure solution. These phenomena are restricted to competent layers. The strain is buffered by the matrix within the incompetent rocks. Boundary migration and formation of quartz subgrains are restricted to quartz veins within the gr@s terminaux of the southwestern Anti-Atlas. Recrystallization of quartz is not observed in the studied thin-sections of the gr~s terminaux. Schistosity A distinct schistosity is not developed in the Cambrian rocks of the Anti-Atlas. Flattening of oolites is observed in the section Bou Izakarn (BI) in the southwestern Anti-Atlas (PI. 1, Fig. 8). 'Beards' of illite and chlorite and new growth of chlorite and illite in the matrix with distinct orientation are also restricted to the southwestern Anti-Atlas (PI. 1, Fig. 6, 7).
Plate 1 (Fig. 1 - 7 w i t h crossed nicols) Fig. 1. Undeformed quartz grains with authigenic overgrowth (sample AM, scale = 0.5 mm) Fig. 2. Weak undulation of quartz in detritic grains and authigenic overgrowth (sample AM, scale = 0.1 ram) Fig. 3. Undulation and deformation lamellae in detritic grains and cements (sample K, scale = 0.5 mm) Fig. 4. Strong pressure solution affecting detritic quartz grains (sample TT, scale = 0.5 mm) Fig. 5. Formation of subgrains and incipient boundary migration in quartz veins (sample AS, scale = 0.1 ram) Fig. 6. 'Beards' of chlorite, illite and quartz (sample A, scale = 0.5 mm) Fig. 7. 'Beards' of chlorite, illite and quartz ( sample A, scale = 0.1 mm) Fig. 8. Flattened oolites (sample BI, scale = 0.5 mm)
127
128
Conclusion The eastern Anti-Atlas is characterized by broad illite diffraction peaks and by weak deformation of quartz. The Lower Cambrian sediments still exhibit the diagenesis stage. West of Tazenakht-Foum Zguid, the 'illite crystallinity' improves and the quartz grains and the authigenic quartz overgrowth reveal undularory extinction. The quartz deformation and the 'illite crystallinity' increases towards the southwestern Anti-Atlas. The boundary of diagenesis and very low-grade metamorphism coincides with the mobility of the socle. The eastern Anti-Atlas is characterized by low rates of subsidence and by the dominance of continental-fluviatile sedimentation during the Lower Cambrian. High rates of subsidence and marine sediments prevailed in the more mobile western Anti-Atlas. While the Paleozoic sediments are only weakly deformed in the eastern Anti-Atlas, a foldbelt was formed during the Hercynian Orogeny in the (south)western Anti-Atlas.
Acknowledgement The author is indebted to Dr. W. v. Gosen (Erlangen) for many discussions of the results.
References BELL, T.H. & ETHERIDGE, M.A. {1976): The deformation and recrystallization of quartz in a mylonite zone, central Australia. - Tectonophysics, 32: 235-267; Amsterdam BUGGISCH, W. (1986): Diagenese und Anchimetamorphose aufgrund von Conodontenfarbe (CAI) und "lllitKristallinit~t" (IC). Methodische Untersuchungen und Daten zum Oberdevon und Unterkarbon der Dillmulde (Rheinisches Schiefergebirge).- Geol. Jb. Hessen, 114:181-200; Wiesbaden ETHERIDGE, M.A. & WlLKIE, J.C. (1981): An assessment of dynamically recrystaliized grainsize as paleopiezometer in quartz-bearing mylonite zones. - Tectonophysics, 78: 475-508; Amsterdam GASSNER, W. (1986): Das "lnfra"- und Unterkambrium am SfJdostrand des Pr~_kambriumaufbruchs yon Bou Azzer/ El Graara (zentraler Antiatlas, Marokko). - Unpubi. Dipl. Arb., 92 pp, Erlangen KISCH, H.J. (1980): Incipient metamorphism of Cambro-Silurian clastic rocks from the Jamtland Supergroup, Central Scandinavian Caledonids, Western Sweden: illite crystallinity and 'vitrinite' reflectance. - J. geol. Soc. London, 137:271-288; London -(1983): Mineralogy and petrology of burial diagenesis (burial metamorphism) and incipient metamorphism in clastic rocks.- In: LARSEN, G. & CHILINGAR, G.V. (eds): Diagenesis in sediments and sedimentary rocks, 2: Development in Sedimentology, 25B: 289-493; Amsterdam (Elsevier) KUBLER, B. (1967): La cdstallinit~ de I'illite et des zones tout & fait supedeurs du m(~tamorphism. - In: Colloque Etage Tectoniques. A la Baconni6re: 105-122; Neuch&tel MAJORIBANKS, R.W. (1976): The relation between microfabric and strain in a progressively deformed quartzite sequence from central Australia. -Tectonophysics, 32: 269-293; Amsterdam TEICHMOLLER, M., TEICHMOLLER, R. & WEBER, K. (1979): Inkohlung und lllit-Kdstallinit~t. Vergleichende Untersuchungen im Mesozoikum und Pal~lozoikum von Westfalen. - Fortschr. Geol. Rheinl. Westf., 27: 201276; Krefeld VOLL, G. (1960): New works on petrofabrics. - Liverpool and Manchester Geol. J., 2:503-567 -(1969): Klastische Mineralien aus den Sedimentserien der Schottischen Highlands und ihr Schicksal bei aufsteigender Regional- und Kontaktmetamorphose.- Habil. Schr., 206 pp, Berlin WEAVER, C.E. (1961): Clay minerals of the Ouchita structural belt and adjacent foreland. - Univ. Texas Publ. 6120: 147-160 WEBER, K (1972): Kdstallinit&t des Illits in Tonschiefern und andere Kriterien schwacher Metamorphose im n(Srdlichen Rheinischen Schiefergebirge. - Jb. Geol. Pal~ont. Abh., 141: 333-363; Stuttgart WlNKLER, H.G.F. (1967): Die Genese der metamorphen Gesteine.- 2nd ed., 237 pp; Berlin (Springer) -
High and Middle Atlas
DEFORMATION OF IGNEOUS DIKES IN AND AROUND THE TICHKA GRANITE, HIGH ATLAS - MOROCCO J e a n - P a u l Schaer Institut de G@ologie, U n i v e r s i t 6 de N e u c h A t e l ii, rue E . - A r g a n d , C H - 2 0 0 7 N e u c h A t e l
In Morocco, the
north
of
the
non-metamorphic
often with
pierced well
western ceived which
is
metamorphic
small
(10-15
km
Atlas
great due
metamorphic south
deal
to
as in the rest of N o r t h Africa,
weakly
developed
High a
by
Anti-Atlas,
or
of
the
diameter)
aureoles.
of M a r r a k e c h attention
complexity
q u a l i t y of the o u t c r o p s
in
Paleozoic
The
granitic Tichka
is one
from
formations
of
of the i n t r u s i o n
and
and
Fig. 1. granite
The to
Generalized
formations be
weakly and with
with
metamorphosed
considerable few
lavas)
in other nal
of
deformed
thickness
of
especially
facies
variations.
Cambrian,
the
locally
a
the
in an arid climate.
i~ ."i)
Marrakech •
i{
~
. : ;y
~
as
there
We
to
Morocco
igneous of
are
often m.
it
with
I
are
Tichka
considered
thickness
As
is
1 km,
In h a r m o n y
whereas with
lapilli the
case
the origi-
lithological
of i m p o r t a n t of
These
limestones
(tuffs,
different
indications
exceeding
I
the
schists,
material
the
/ .
Infra-Cambrian.
composition.
of
total
thick.
.
~
is not easy to deduce
or
many a
\
complex
some
graywackes,
dacitic
pile
propose
hundred
SW
volcano-detrital
total
volcanics few
Tichka
sequences,
the
/
of
contain
of
\
:S
.
map
the
andesitic
rock
.
possibility
rocks
volumes
groups,
are
geological
surrounding
Cambrian
.
it has re-
petrologists,
L< - ' .
in the
and to the e x c e l l e n t
d i s s e c t e d by deep v a l l e y s
Cenozoic I~'~:i~ mesozoic ~J Paleozoicand older L~l wifh granite
intrusions,
granite
them
geologists
are
3-5
km
lateral for
the
the
limestone
other
Hercynian
132
granites
in M o r o c c o
boniferous give
age.
305
and
remarkable rites, are
often sion
sharp there
its
but
On
the
they
range
whole,
trusion
(Lagarde
well
marked
they
can
are
from
and
also
the
be
Roddaz
visible
at
planar
structure
domains,
whereas
in m a n y
late
The
their
elliptical
enclosing
structure
rocks
and
however,
the
vertical;
in the N.E.
thick
extend
meters be
of and
regional
(1983)
schist
proposed from the
and
(1976)
differentiation analysis.
has
close and
with
f r o m the
evidence
can
Scott
not
form
an of
interthe
structures
more
or
inare
1981);
less
in
lacking
pro-
dioritic
or
so
small
weakly
in
the
adjacent granite
all
received
a
totally
Walker
(1975)
be
ruled
out
on
and
Vogel
(1980)
and
have
the have
schists.
some
that of
The from
biotite) stauroand Roddy the
intru-
transcurrent
magmatic
rocks
of
the
satisfactory
solution.
revealed
contempo-
basic shown
basis
may
segre-
contact,
Lagarde
domain
the
margin
sillimanite,
patterns
of
generally
migmatitic
the
a
the
detail,
or two k i l o -
scale, the
and garnet.
acidic
and
actinolite,
in
with In
up to I00 m e t e r s
for one
with
strain
(1980)
scale.
sharp
andalousite,
of
concordant
rocks
origin
of
recogni-
a kilometer.
part
apophyses
epidote,
Vogel
than
general
towards
study
association and
a
pyroxene
and
a
and)
a
emplacement
the
Vogel
Scott
On
amphiboles,
diapiric
moment
intrusion field
raneity
RE
with
on
material grade
assimilation still
expressed
are
transitional
(chlorite,
or to m a r b l e s
they
country
1955).
metamorphic
as
cross-cutting,
the
intru-
is u n c e r t a i n .
sheet-like
sometimes
greenschist
For
into
the
are
inclusions,
(G. and H. T e r m i e r
well
is
gabbros
rocks
Throughout
concentric
(parallel
often
Ziegler
have
Tichka Using
is
occasional
is
results
shear.
al.
in
garnet
sion
also
quartzofeldspathic
coarser
lite,
and and
granites
structure
horizontally
(Bizard
gations
to
contact
irregular
country
is
their
igneous
northern
method
granodio-
whereas
undergone
scale
often
identification
diorites,
generally
on m a p s
outcrop
vertical
that
intrusion
inclusions
the
These
and
nounced
developed
in
1983).
the
Rb/Sr
to m o r e
metasedimentary
Car-
The
have are
of
the
of m e t a s e d i m e n t a r y
centimeters
photographs
be
by
different
they
centered
to
1972)
proportion,
lithologies
several and
al.
transitional. slabs
south;
the
pattern
on a e r i a l
between
or
the
considered
heterogeneity; in
also
but
et
equal
lenses
in
magmatic
elliptical
about
is
determinations
(Termier
Contacts
numerous
locked
age
m.a.
are
degree,
They
intrusion
petrographical
abundant
a varying
zable.
i0
rare.
are
especially to
~
granites
extremely
Tichka
Radiometric
318
for
and
the
of
suggested
the
magmas. that major that
an
Vogel
et
origin
by
element the
and
granite
133
may
represent
gabbro
The
A
marked
feature
dikes
The
Paleozoic
from
the
diorite
a mixture
of
low
SiO 2 g r a n i t e
of
and
outcrop
km
or
has
a
have
no
a N/S
may
Atlas,
which
to
the
and
acid. some
its
envelope
been
made
second
but
with
group
particular
Most
it
at
dikes
where
is
the
that
general
from
angles,
relationship
wihh
the
of
the
granite,
the
a
few
meters
km
and
of v a r y -
(with o l i -
vertical
(the
in the v i c i n i t y numerous,
of
great
their
only
structure
they
orienta-
majority
(folds,
whereas the
be
are m o r e
structure
70
dikes
basic
to
analysis
direction
about
however,
they
systematic
right
for
appear
in this);
seems
the
n'Fiss
is cut b y n u m e r o u s
part
No
in an W . - E .
compositions
especially
horizontal.
parallel
with
to
extends
river
direction,
have
granite,
often
less
intrusion
relationship,
Tichka
with
High
pyroxenes)
also
tion
Tichka
d'Argana
in
pattern
the
are
the
couloir 30
structural
vine
the dikes.
in the e n v e l o p e
the
about
ing
of
of n u m e r o u s
The
of
melts,
origin.
dikes
presence
by
crustal
of m a n t l e
are
more
schistosity)
a
small
of
number
the
enclosing
dikes
is v a r i a -
rocks.
In
the
ble,
vicinity
in
general
ficient
data
sequence
tural med
development
(many Fig.
do
deformed, see
dikes sion
not
maintain
folded
that
they
intersect, deformation,
most It
that
dikes is
not
and
dikes 2). their
even
across the
the
moment
the
andesitic
occurred folds,
marbles,
Many
the
character. it is s t i l l
very
post-magmatic
folds
(Fig.
presents severe
2)
related
struc-
and defor-
of
the
They
are
possible
two
sets
of
post-intru-
2) N e a r
mineralogical
modifications
When
evidence (Fig.
obser-
granite,
post-deformation but
time
the m a i n
schistosity near
a
Nevertheless,
ones.
after
insuf-
of
into boudins,
youngest
separate
For
establishment
any confidence.
across
the
older
occasionnally
to
cut
cut In
the
with
intrusion
stretched
cut
present easy
always
dike
of the
decimeters.
prevent
emplacement
apparently
demonstrate
conglomerates
dikes
to
dikes
or
intersections
of a t h r u s t f u l
the b a s i c vations
on
thickness
the
granite
re-equilibrations. to
normal
post-
134
B A
C~
D
Fig. 2 A. Basic dike cutting folded m e t a s e d i m e n t s near the margin of the Tichka granite. Assif n'Ait Tament, N of Tisgane B. Two generations of folded basic dikes (b i n t e r s e c t i n g c) in a large calcareous xenolith with streched p y r o x e n i c horizon (a), near the southern contact of the Tichka granite N of Kma, Ida Oukays. C. In the Tichka granite, an old dike (probably g e n e r a t i o n H) is cut by a granitic vein (a) which has c a r r i e d small fragments of the dike. Amendrech. D. Dike of the oldest g e n e r a t i o n (H), with non planar geometry without c h i l l e d margins cutting granodiorite. Asif n'Fiss, SE of Azmou n'Guenfis. In each drawing the scale is given by the ham.
magmatic
and h y d r o t h e r m a l
activities
mal
metamorphism.
In
tes
partly
expense
at
monstrably the or
to
main
intrusion.
in the
schists
post-magmatic in
the
due
harmony
dikes w i t h i n ed rocks provoke
some
thermal
and
it
the
that were
and
seems to
intensity
the granite
from those
however,
of magmatic
Elsewhere,
paragenesis
with
cases,
dikes
logical contact
relate
of
deformation. it is clear
some m i n e r a l o g i c a l
deformed,
at t e m p e r a t u r e s
and structural
dikes
is
dewith
in the marbles metamorphic,
which
In c o n c l u s i o n that
ther-
of bioti-
associated
their
metamorphism
envelope,
already
in the
activity
are deformed to
with
development
amphibole
metasomatic the
associated
wide
they have
develops for
high enough
transformation.
the
intrudto
135
The dikes
in the granite
In the
Tichka
sition,
from
granite granitic
rally vertical, tic
the
classes,
on
structure.
the
of
generation) coloured
generation).
tendency
to
of
dioritic
pyroxene firmed.
These
present,
and
was
linear,
not
shows
from
that
to
classes is
are
but
all
not
were
while
the main
from
mush
to
a
magmas ce
of
amoebic
rocks cut
crystal
of different
(Vogel by
1976).
against
tic
which
closing nough
granite.
rigidity
material, dike
granite
the
was
of
but
the
still
granite,
from
of
veins
granitic and
is
con-
types
acid
to
Field
are basic
evidence
of
plutonic
body was
evolving
or
presence
(see
vertical
of
occuren-
granodioritic
dikes
(H)
also
is often Vogel
dike with
and
sharp
to be cut by a late graniof
the
intrusion, contained cut
but
work.
olivine
stages
granitic
fragments dike
of
by the common
set
observed
away
time
fracture
intruded
and
granitic
field
simultaneous
older
finely
andesites
late
a microdioritic,
carried
At to
and
dikes
(H
light-
grey,
with
to granitic The
esta-
then by darker
rocks
recurrences.
rock.
the
generation
intermediate
the
a few
classification
evolution
in
and
to
the
dike the
nearby dike
into
the
granite
and
en-
has
enough removed
e-
fluid some
chips.
In the logic rocks. sharp
which
case,
the has
the
The
allow
during
rocks
is i l l u s t r a t e d
1976).
pegmatitic
In one
contacts vein
solid
lithology
light
this
vitric
dioritic
between
Walker
aplitic,
Walker
a
main
dominantly
suspected
several
composition
contacts and
confirm
emplaced
crystallization
by
homogeneous;
included
dikes
dikes
three
oldest of
non-porphyritic
that
The
into
i0 meters
microcrystalline
and
probable
The
group
are geneand diori-
latter.
(K generation),
not
basic,
porphyritic
than
followed
sections
the
grouped
intersections
porphyries
and transition
They
granitic
relationships,
variable
rocks,
Thin
with be
intrusion.
a
and in compo-
doleritic.
more
many
of
evolution
it
may
from
with
of
composition,
through
parallel
varies
including
differences
to
cross-cutting
sequence
in structure
inclusions,
terms,
micro-crystalline
(L
The
of
composed
dikes
andesitic
also
exposures
time
crystallised
reveal
are
thickness
is
vary
sedimentary
general
basis
Good
blishment
some
in
Their
decimeters.
ones
but
granite,
dikes
through
intersect
foliation,
in
numerous
granite
pluton
evolution
is
The
youngest
parallel
as
a whole
illustrated dike
contacts
the by
generation and
well
last
dike is
stage
of thermal
behaviour nearly
developed
in
the
and rheogranitoid
always
vertical
with
chilled
margins;
they
136
can or
easily in
be
swarms
they
trend
its
followed
of
envelope.
their the
8 to
E/W,
either
Within
are
towards non
the
planar
of
the
to
post-intrusion
granite,
Berger
to
(1972)
of
folding
believe
conditions
of
to
be
zation
history
dikes
granite.
in
in
material
the
are
not
after
material
(H)
structure due
Pitcher
and
wavy
their
as-
margins
emplacement; related of
to
the
body was
geometry
and
we the
dikes
not rigid crystalli-
in r h e o l o g y
and host
their
decreases
the
of
are
of
alignment
by
assign
contrast
it;
commonly
temperatures
their
low
to size
their
after
disposition,
mineral
The cooling
that
the
the i n t r u d i n g
do
where
similar.
believe to
the
and
marbles
internal
crystallization
a medium
related
the
granite
the
grain
described
We
dikes,
deformed
in
non-parallelism
granite
and
were
We
the
been
generation to
been
the
parallel
the
exhibit
single
regular
or
oldest
has
and
geometry
brittle.
between
not
that
Donegal
intrusion
and of intruded
The
not
fairly
subparallel
does
movements their
enough
perature
it
events
Tichka
or
that
but
a
irregular;
contacts.
of
situation
structure
or
geometry,
in the
early
granite
have
the
as
of the Tichka P l a t e a u
structure
they
to
display
straight
sometimes
In the region
granite,
dikes
the
either
slightly
pect
K
km
internal
opposition
The
presents
the
the
in
transecting
margins
several
i0 members.
cutting
intrusion, envelope.
for
and
tem-
rocks.
Conclusion
The
synplutonic
envelope late
can
kinematic
placed,
the
tallized; cut
by
dikes which
be
used and
the
acquired In the
last
respect
to
and
dike
more
stage
of
its
dike
emplacement,
with
intense
the
is
Paleozoic
takes
formations.
the
and
the These
a
form
brittle
the
time,
became
the
marbles, regime. zones
structures
for
its
were
em-
due
dikes
to
granite
more
planar. with
deformation. to
their
the
mar-
Late
de-
rheolo-
marbles
cutting not
are
the
contact.
Where
are
crys-
still mobile
internal
is c o n f i n e d
near
fault
dikes
and
With
without
thermal of
first
the pluton was
deformation
the
references
irregular
boudinage
within
such
and its s e d i m e n t a r y
had not totally
geometry
ascended
and
the
veins.
dike
ductile
folding
under
When
often
evolution,
concentrated
properties deformation
are
pluton
temporal
material
granitic
and
envelope,
bles,
formation
evolution.
contacts
rigidity
its
and
granodioritic
pegmatitic,
After
gical
cut the Tichka
geometric
thermal
granite
aplitic,
as
across easily
lack, the sepa-
137
rated
from
Triassic Range
those
age
during
Tichka
from
the
granite
deformation, No
or
related
regional
those
moved
dextral
1983)
of the
first
has
During
upwards ductile ENE
been
the
development
accompanying
Cenozoic.
while
Roddaz
to
as
its
a rigid
structures
normal
formation phase
piston formed
transcurrent
detected
the last
of
shear
of
of
granite
been
undertaken
the
with
little
within
its
after
the
of
Atlas
intrusion,
component
in the
faults
the
internal envelope.
(Lagarde
and
emplacement
dikes.
Acknowledgements
This
reasearch
support
of
Dr.
and M. Dahmani, I would version
like
to
could M.
not
Bensaid,
chef
have
director
du Service
thank
St Ayrton
of the manuscript.
of
the
de la Carte
without
Division
de
the
active
la G@ologie,
g@ologique.
who has greatly
improved
the english
138
Bibliographie
LAGARDE,
SCOTT,
J.-L. & R O D D A Z , B. (1983) : le m a s s i f p l u t o n i q u e du T i c h k a (Haut A t l a s o c c i d e n t a l , M a r o c ) : un d i a p i r s y n t e c t o n i q u e . Bull. Soc. g@ol. F r a n c e (7),25, 3, 3 8 9 - 3 9 5 .
G.B. & VOGEL, T.A. (1980) : The o r i g i n of the a c i d i c a n d b a s i c r o c k s of the T i c h k a m a s s i f , M o r o c c o , b a s e d on r a r e e a r t h e l e m e n t s . - C o n t r i b . M i n e r a l . P e t r o l . , 75, 8 9 - 9 5
TERMIER,
H. & T E R M I E R G. (1971) : Le m a s s i f g r a n i t o - d i o r i t i q u e du T i c h k a (Haut A t l a s o c c i d e n t a l , M a r o c ) . V o l u m e 1 : L e s r6g i o n s et les t e r r a i n s . - N o t e s M6m. Serv. G6ol. M a r o c 216, 240 p., ii pl. & c a r t e .
VOGEL,
T.A. & W A L K E R , B.M. (1975) : The T i c h k a m a s s i f , an e x a m p l e of c o n t e m p o r a n e o u s a c i d i c a n d b a s i c L i t h o s 8, 29-38.
VOGEL,
T.A., W I L L I A M S ; E.R., P R E S T O N , J.K. & W A L K E R , O r i g i n of the late P a l e o z o i c p l u t o n i c m a s s i f s - Bull. geol. Soc. A m e r i c a 87, 1 7 5 3 - 1 7 6 2 .
Morocco : plutonism.
B.M. (1976) in M o r o c c o .
: